〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_a representation_n in_o it_o of_o which_o the_o reader_n be_v here_o present_v with_o a_o general_a scheme_n the_o particular_n which_o be_v very_o many_o be_v to_o be_v careful_o observe_v and_o gather_v out_o of_o the_o book_n itself_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n 32._o ephesus_n chap._n 2._o 1-8_a see_v pag._n 20._o 32._o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o four_o first_o seal_n and_o reach_n from_o the_o resurrection_n a._n d._n 33._o to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o persecution_n under_o dioclesian_n a._n d._n 303._o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n 8-12_a smyrna_n chap._n 2._o 8-12_a in_o which_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n arise_v be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o six_o and_o seven_o seal_n and_o last_v until_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o first_o trumpet_n a._n d._n 437._o the_o church_n of_o perganus_n 1â—15_a perganus_n chap._n 2._o 1â—15_a begin_v to_o witness_v in_o sackcloth_n at_o the_o entrance_n of_o the_o apostasy_n a._n d._n 437._o and_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o five_o first_o trumpet_n and_o part_n of_o the_o six_o and_o with_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o apostasy_n to_o a_o throne_n and_o the_o slay_v of_o the_o antipapal_a witness_n by_o excommunication_n and_o persecution_n until_o about_o the_o 12_o century_n or_o between_o a._n d._n 1100_o and_o 1200._o then_o arise_v the_o church_n of_o etc._n of_o chap._n 2._o 18._o etc._n etc._n thyatira_n witnese_v against_o the_o depth_n of_o satanical_a corruption_n which_o continue_v during_o the_o first_o slay_v of_o the_o witness_n and_o the_o progress_n of_o the_o mahometan_a woe_n of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n 10._o trumpet_n chap._n 10._o until_o the_o reformation_n a._n d._n 1517._o the_o church_n of_o sardis_n together_o with_o some_o low_a appearance_n of_o the_o philadelphian_a state_n keep_v under_o by_o those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o reformation_n and_o be_v to_o last_v until_o some_o more_o perfect_a church_n state_n shall_v appear_v of_o which_o if_o the_o calculation_n 11._o calculation_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 10._o 7._o on_o chap._n 11._o 2_o 11._o frequent_o mention_v in_o the_o follow_a book_n prove_v true_a there_o will_v be_v some_o more_o than_o ordinary_a appearance_n about_o a._n d._n 1697._o when_o the_o beast_n month_n end_n the_o philadelphian_a 7-13_a philadelphian_a chap._n 3._o 7-13_a state_n the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n 19_o thyatira_n chap._n 2._o 19_o in_o its_o last_o work_n the_o undefiled_a 4._o undefiled_a chap._n â—_o 4._o name_n in_o sardis_n and_o those_o also_o of_o that_o state_n who_o this_o prophecy_n call_v they_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 9_o who_o shall_v come_v and_o unite_v themselves_o to_o the_o church_n of_o philadelphia_n carry_v on_o the_o whole_a series_n of_o thing_n during_o the_o 14_o the_o see_v chapter_n 14_o voice_n and_o the_o vial_n from_o the_o rise_n of_o that_o sit_v until_o the_o glorious_a millenium_fw-la that_o be_v if_o the_o calculation_n here_o advance_v 1-7_a advance_v chap._n 3._o 1-7_a prove_v true_a from_o a._n d._n 1697._o until_o 16._o until_o see_v chapter_n 14._o and_o 16._o a._n d._n 1727._o and_o from_o 1727_o to_o 1772._o after_o the_o millennium_n satan_n be_v loose_v for_o a_o short_a season_n gog_n and_o magog_n compass_v the_o city_n but_o be_v destroy_v and_o all_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n be_v judge_v and_o perfect_o subdue_v with_o which_o the_o laodicean_n 20._o laodicean_n chap._n 3_o 14-22_a chap._n 20._o state_n of_o the_o church_n be_v cotemporary_a but_o beside_o these_o synchronism_n betwixt_o the_o church_n prophecy_n and_o the_o book_n prophecy_n it_o be_v very_o observable_a that_o there_o be_v very_o many_o vision_n in_o the_o book_n prophecy_n which_o synchronize_v one_o with_o another_o as_o be_v frequent_o observe_v in_o the_o annotation_n of_o which_o here_o be_v give_v a_o short_a specimen_fw-la refer_v the_o reader_n to_o the_o book_n itself_o for_o a_o large_a account_n of_o they_o synchron_n 1._o the_o seal_n and_o many_o particular_n in_o the_o twelve_o chapter_n be_v contemporary_a as_o will_v appear_v to_o any_o one_o who_o compare_v the_o six_o chapter_n with_o the_o twelve_o synchron_n 2._o the_o barbarous_a nation_n chap._n 8._o 7._o enter_v as_o gentile_n into_o the_o outward_a court_n the_o worshipper_n in_o the_o inward_a temple_n the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o the_o church_n actual_o fly_v into_o the_o wilderness_n be_v also_o contemporary_a see_v chapter_n 8._o c._n 11._o c._n 12._o synchron_n 3._o the_o beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n come_v into_o his_o succession_n and_o into_o his_o forty_o two_o month_n and_o the_o ten_o king_n receive_v power_n all_o one_o hour_n with_o he_o be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o the_o sound_a of_o the_o three_o trumpet_n because_o when_o the_o former_a government_n be_v expire_v another_o must_v needs_o immediate_o come_v into_o succession_n synchron_n 4._o the_o witness_n lie_v dead_a and_o the_o woman_n hide_v in_o the_o wilderness_n from_o the_o face_n of_o the_o serpent_n be_v synchronous_n synchron_n 5._o the_o end_n of_o the_o two_o time_n the_o beginning_n of_o half_a time_n the_o thunder_n voice_n utter_v and_o then_o seal_v be_v contemporary_a see_v chap._n 10._o synchron_n 6._o the_o full_a rise_n of_o the_o witness_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o great_a city_n the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n to_o sound_n be_v contemporary_a with_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_n of_o the_o three_o time_n and_o half_a and_o of_o the_o 1260_o day_n and_o forty_o two_o month_n which_o be_v in_o a_o equal_a duration_n synchron_n 7._o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o voices_z and_o the_o vial_n the_o judgement_n on_o the_o whore_n the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n the_o lamb_n wife_n make_v herself_o ready_a be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 8._o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o satan_n bind_v the_o first_o resurrection_n the_o bless_a participation_n of_o it_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v contemporary_n synchron_n 9_o the_o thousand_o year_n expire_v satan_n lose_v the_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v together_o in_o time_n synchron_n 10._o the_o fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n satan_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n the_o dead_a judged_n and_o with_o death_n cast_v into_o the_o lake_n synchronize_v with_o the_o white_a throne_n the_o laodicean_n saint_n sit_v down_o with_o christ_n upon_o it_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o opposite_n be_v chief_o these_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n the_o kingdom_n of_o satan_n carry_v on_o in_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n first_o as_o pagan_a then_o as_o antichristian_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n as_o apostolical_a the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n have_v leave_v its_o first_o love_n chap._n 2._o 4._o smyrna_n a_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n chap._n 2._o 9_o pergamus_n and_o antipas_n the_o throne_n of_o satan_n balaam_n and_o the_o nicolaitan_n chap._n 2._o 13_o 14_o 15._o the_o false_a prophet_n chap._n 16_o 13._o thyatira_n the_o depth_n of_o satan_n jezebel_n or_o the_o false_a prophetess_n chap._n 2._o 20_o 14._o the_o undefiled_a name_n in_o sardis_n those_o of_o the_o synagogue_n chap._n 3._o 3_o 4_o 9_o philadelphia_n the_o laodicean_n lukewarmness_n the_o lamb._n the_o dragon_n the_o beast_n the_o other_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n like_o a_o limb._n chap._n 13._o 11._o the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n chap._n 19_o 7._o the_o whore_n chap._n 17._o christ_n seal_v once_o and_o witness_n the_o mark_v slave_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 13._o 16._o the_o great_a city_n the_o holy_a jerusalem_n the_o belove_a city_n the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n c._n 20_o 9.21.10_o babylon_n the_o great_a city_n reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 17._o and_o the_o city_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n at_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n c._n 20.8_o twelve_o the_o apostolical_a number_n c._n 7.4_o twenty_o five_o the_o antichristian_a name_n mark_v number_n c._n 13._o 18._o christ_n the_o king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n chap._n 19_o 16._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 19_o 19_o the_o army_n which_o come_v in_o the_o heaven_n with_o christ_n c._n 19.14_o the_o army_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o nation_n gog_n and_o magog_n chap._n 19_o 15_o 19_o 20_o 8._o errata_fw-la pag._n 6._o l._n 29._o read_v 16._o p._n 9_o l._n 5._o of_o the_o of_o this_o world_n p._n 13._o l._n 16._o r._n denote_v p._n 14._o l._n 24._o r._n full_a of_o p._n 21._o l._n 16._o r._n rom._n 2._o p._n 27._o l._n 27._o r._n good_n p._n 22._o l._n 32._o r._n 58._o p._n 41._o l._n 8._o f._n the_o r._n that_o
25_o be_v most_o admirable_o applicable_a to_o the_o antichristian_a roman_a state_n it_o be_v the_o only_a conspicuous_a and_o remarkable_a number_n in_o that_o hierarchy_n describe_v the_o papacy_n in_o its_o most_o essential_a part_n that_o church_n have_v be_v fatal_o lead_v to_o lay_v its_o very_a foundation_n upon_o it_o it_o have_v at_o first_o five_o and_o twenty_o cardinal_n and_o its_o creed_n consist_v of_o five_o and_o twenty_o article_n as_o the_o apostle_n do_v of_o twelve_o as_o mr._n potter_n have_v accurate_o show_v in_o these_o and_o many_o other_o particular_n 7._o it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o as_o the_o number_n 666._o can_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v make_v out_o of_o 12_o whatsoever_o number_v you_o multiply_v it_o by_o so_o neither_o can_v the_o antichristian_a state_n any_o way_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o apostle_n doctrine_n last_o the_o number_n 666._o consist_v of_o the_o same_o number_n in_o all_o its_o place_n from_o vnit_n to_o hundred_o be_v upon_o that_o account_n as_o grotius_n observe_v on_o the_o place_n very_o remarkable_a according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o wise_a pagan_n who_o make_v their_o vow_n in_o the_o same_o proportion_n and_o because_o it_o consist_v of_o a_o entire_a locum_fw-la entire_a poli_fw-fr synop_n in_o locum_fw-la senary_a of_o number_n arise_v by_o degree_n from_o vnit_n to_o ten_o and_o from_o thence_o to_o hundred_o and_o that_o in_o a_o proportion_n very_o agreeable_a by_o the_o multiplication_n of_o 6_o by_o 10_o so_o as_o that_o 6_o be_v find_v 10_o time_n in_o 60_o and_o 60_o 10_o time_n in_o 600_o it_o may_v from_o thence_o be_v think_v to_o signify_v the_o seem_a comeliness_n and_o proportion_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n which_o be_v so_o great_a that_o it_o be_v apt_a to_o deceive_v those_o who_o do_v not_o exercise_v wisdom_n to_o discern_v thing_n it_o be_v at_o first_o sight_n a_o number_n more_o proportionable_a than_o 144_o the_o number_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n so_o necessary_a be_v it_o to_o count_v number_n and_o to_o extract_v the_o root_n of_o they_o by_o strip_v thing_n of_o their_o outward_a seem_a appearance_n although_o never_o so_o comely_a and_o search_v into_o the_o very_a intimate_a nature_n and_o essence_n of_o they_o chap._n fourteen_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o look_v or_o be_v in_o vision_n and_o lo_o a_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n stand_v to_o import_v his_o settlement_n in_o his_o government_n and_o his_o rule_n and_o defence_n of_o his_o people_n psalm_n 2.6_o mic._n 5.4_o on_o the_o mount_n 1_o zion_n i._n e._n appear_v in_o a_o exalt_a and_o a_o establish_a state_n in_o his_o kingdom_n psalm_n 48._o mic._n 4.1_o heb._n 12.22_o and_o with_o he_o a_o 2_o hundred_o forty_o and_o four_o thousand_o i._n e._n a_o body_n of_o apostolical_a pure_a christian_n chap._n 7.4_o have_v his_o i._n e._n christ_n father_n name_v 3_o write_v in_o their_o forehead_n i._n e._n open_o adjudge_v by_o god_n and_o profess_v themselves_o to_o be_v the_o true_a follower_n of_o christ_n see_v on_o chap._n 7.3_o annotation_n on_o chap._n fourteen_o 1_o zion_n 48.2_o zion_n josh_n 15.63_o 2_o sam._n 5_o 1-10_a 1_o chron._n 11_o 1-9_a 2_o chron._n 3.1_o psalm_n 48.2_o be_v the_o mountain_n or_o upper_a part_n of_o jerusalem_n on_o one_o side_n of_o which_o stand_v the_o house_n or_o palace_n of_o david_n as_o the_o temple_n do_v on_o the_o north_n side_n of_o it_o call_v mount_n moriah_n which_o be_v reckon_v as_o a_o part_n of_o mount_n zion_n this_o mountain_n be_v take_v by_o david_n from_o the_o jebusite_n who_o the_o child_n of_o judah_n be_v not_o able_a to_o drive_v out_o because_o of_o their_o unbelief_n and_o be_v the_o first_o exploit_n undertake_v by_o he_o after_o his_o be_v anoint_a king_n over_o all_o israel_n upon_o the_o submission_n pay_v unto_o he_o by_o all_o the_o tribe_n of_o israel_n and_o their_o acknowledgement_n of_o their_o be_v his_o bone_n and_o his_o flesh_n wherein_o they_o be_v type_n of_o the_o obedience_n that_o all_o nation_n be_v to_o pay_v to_o christ_n and_o of_o their_o become_a member_n of_o his_o body_n of_o his_o flesh_n and_o of_o his_o bone_n ephes_n 5.30_o david_n take_v it_o when_o he_o begin_v to_o 23._o to_o 2_o sam._n 5.4_o luke_n 3.22_o 23._o reign_v be_v thirty_o year_n old_a according_a to_o the_o age_n when_o our_o saviour_n begin_v to_o preach_v gather_v member_n for_o his_o kingdom_n and_o cast_v out_o devil_n as_o david_n also_o dispossess_v the_o 7._o the_o 2_o sam._n 5_o 6-8_a gregory_n observat_fw-la chap._n 7._o jebusite_n and_o cast_v out_o their_o tutelary_a idol_n the_o hatred_n of_o his_o soul_n call_v by_o he_o and_o his_o follower_n by_o way_n of_o sarcasm_n and_o contempt_n the_o blind_a and_o the_o lame_a as_o have_v eye_n but_o see_v not_o and_o foot_n but_o walk_v not_o according_a to_o the_o like_a expression_n use_v by_o he_o psalm_n 115._o when_o he_o have_v take_v it_o he_o fortify_v the_o strong_a hold_n of_o it_o and_o afterward_o build_v there_o and_o make_v a_o beautiful_a city_n call_v it_o the_o city_n of_o david_n in_o all_o which_o he_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o that_o mountain_n strong_n hold_v and_o city_n be_v of_o the_o strength_n stability_n and_o beauty_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n especial_o as_o it_o shall_v appear_v at_o last_o in_o a_o most_o glorious_a manner_n triumph_v over_o all_o heathen_a and_o antichristian_a idol_n when_o the_o lord_n shall_v set_v his_o king_n upon_o his_o holy_a hill_n of_o zion_n and_o christ_n shall_v stand_v and_o feed_v his_o people_n and_o be_v great_a unto_o the_o end_v of_o the_o earth_n psalm_n 2.6_o micah_n 5.4_o only_o here_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o as_o the_o take_n of_o this_o mountain_n be_v the_o first_o achievement_n of_o david_n after_o he_o come_v to_o the_o kingdom_n before_o he_o be_v full_o establish_v in_o it_o and_o have_v build_v his_o city_n so_o may_v this_o appearance_n of_o christ_n be_v some_o preparatory_a state_n of_o his_o kingdom_n call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o david_n in_o scripture_n rise_v 2._o rise_v micah_n 4.1_o 2._o to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o exalt_v itself_o above_o the_o hill_n that_o so_o the_o everlasting_a gospel_n may_v be_v hear_v and_o people_n may_v flow_v unto_o it_o but_o somewhat_o different_a from_o the_o state_n of_o its_o full_a establishment_n when_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v appear_v in_o its_o utmost_a glory_n as_o in_o the_o description_n of_o it_o give_v heb._n 12.22_o they_o first_o come_v unto_o mount_n zion_n before_o they_o come_v unto_o the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n and_o the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n as_o be_v more_o full_o show_v on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n where_o this_o whole_a matter_n be_v large_o consider_v 2._o that_o here_o be_v represent_v some_o exalt_v state_n of_o the_o heavenly_a tabernacle_n itself_o typify_v by_o mount_n zion_n which_o be_v not_o yet_o of_o so_o high_a and_o so_o exalt_v a_o nature_n as_o that_o which_o it_o shall_v afterward_o arrive_v to_o when_o it_o shall_v appear_v as_o in_o the_o high_a heaven_n or_o in_o its_o heavenly_a state_n it_o be_v probable_a that_o there_o be_v exaltation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o the_o archetype_n of_o it_o in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n of_o which_o the_o several_a advances_n it_o receive_v here_o on_o earth_n be_v the_o counterpart_n pattern_n and_o example_n according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 12.1_o and_o will_v be_v show_v more_o large_o hereafter_o it_o be_v very_o difficult_a to_o give_v account_n of_o many_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n without_o this_o supposition_n 2_o as_o this_o vision_n relate_v to_o the_o state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n there_o be_v hereby_o signify_v a_o body_n of_o apostolical_a pure_a christian_n appear_v in_o a_o state_n of_o open_a and_o public_a profession_n of_o christ_n pure_a religion_n but_o as_o it_o refer_v to_o the_o state_n of_o thing_n in_o the_o heavenly_a place_n hereby_o be_v denote_v a_o appearance_n of_o the_o very_a 144000._o mention_v in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n who_o be_v the_o saint_n and_o witness_n depart_v in_o the_o lord_n 3_o they_o be_v before_o seal_v and_o in_o a_o hide_a and_o invisible_a state_n but_o now_o they_o have_v a_o name_v write_v that_o be_v appear_v legible_a upon_o their_o forehead_n and_o that_o the_o name_n of_o god_n whereby_o may_v be_v understand_v some_o approbation_n of_o they_o and_o declaration_n on_o god_n part_n before_o who_o throne_n they_o be_v verse_n 5._o as_o to_o be_v judge_v and_o approve_v by_o he_o that_o they_o be_v holiness_n unto_o the_o lord_n in_o allusion_n to_o the_o inscription_n on_o the_o high-priest_n frontlet_n exod._n 20.36_o and_o that_o they_o be_v worthy_a of_o the_o exalt_v state_n they_o now_o
man_n to_o reduce_v the_o several_a division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o be_v not_o so_o successful_a as_o can_v be_v wish_v mr._n mede_n be_v force_v to_o make_v the_o greek_n one_o of_o then_o and_o the_o author_n of_o the_o book_n de_fw-fr excidio_fw-la antichristi_fw-la confine_v they_o within_o the_o rhine_n and_o the_o danube_n so_o that_o i_o can_v but_o think_v upon_o further_a consideration_n that_o the_o true_a account_n of_o this_o division_n be_v with_o relation_n to_o the_o image_n in_o daniel_n the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v nothing_o but_o a_o more_o full_a illustration_n by_o various_a emblem_n of_o what_o be_v but_o brief_o deliver_v in_o that_o prophecy_n see_v the_o annot._n on_o chap._n 11_o 13._o 12_o 3._o 33_o to_o wit_n at_o one_o hour_n or_o season_n make_v up_o of_o two_o half_a hour_n begin_v at_o a._n d._n 476._o as_o have_v be_v already_o full_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 8._o 7._o 13_o these_o have_v 34_o mind_n as_o to_o matter_n of_o religion_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n or_o force_n and_o strength_n or_o authority_n to_o the_o beast_n to_o wit_n in_o religious_a matter_n and_o their_o assistance_n and_o arm_n on_o other_o occasion_n 34_o here_o be_v plain_o foretell_v the_o strict_a union_n there_o be_v betwixt_o the_o papacy_n and_o the_o popish_a king_n or_o kingdom_n and_o government_n and_o the_o support_v assistance_n and_o authority_n they_o afford_v it_o which_o the_o northern_a nation_n be_v very_o famous_a for_o at_o their_o first_o settlement_n and_o conversion_n 14_o these_o shall_v make_v war_n with_o i._n e._n oppose_v and_o persecute_v the_o 35_o lamb_n i._n e._n christ_n in_o his_o true_a member_n and_o faithful_a witness_n psalm_n 2_o act_n 4.27_o 28._o 9_o 4_o and_o the_o lamb_n shall_v overcome_v they_o by_o the_o high_a and_o powerful_a preach_v of_o his_o gospel_n chap._n 14_o for_o he_o be_v the_o lord_n of_o lord_n and_o king_n of_o king_n and_o therefore_o able_a to_o vanquish_v they_o and_o erect_v his_o kingdom_n dan._n chap._n 2._o and_o 7._o psal_n 2._o and_o they_o that_o be_v with_o he_o i._o e_o his_o follower_n when_o he_o come_v to_o his_o kingdom_n chap._n 14._o 1._o be_v call_v and_o choose_v by_o his_o grace_n to_o this_o service_n and_o be_v his_fw-la faithful_a witness_n servant_n and_o soldier_n unto_o death_n 35_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o these_o be_v antichristian_a king_n or_o power_n there_o have_v be_v no_o persecution_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n by_o pagan_a power_n since_o the_o division_n of_o it_o by_o the_o northern_a nation_n 15_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o angel_n say_v unto_o i_o i._n e._n instruct_v i_o in_o the_o further_a knowledge_n of_o the_o mystery_n i_o have_v see_v the_o water_n which_o thou_o see_v verse_n 1_o where_o the_o whore_n sit_v be_v i._n e._n signify_v 36_o peoples_n and_o multitude_n and_o nation_n and_o tongue_n i._n e._n the_o people_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n dan._n 4.1_o 36_o here_o be_v show_v the_o amplitude_n and_o vast_a extent_n of_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o the_o papacy_n a_o thing_n she_o so_o much_o boast_v of_o 16_o and_o the_o ten_o horn_n or_o king_n which_o thou_o see_v upon_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n even_o these_o king_n shall_v at_o last_v hate_v the_o 37_o whore_n who_o they_o have_v before_o love_v and_o admire_v and_o shall_v make_v her_o desolate_a by_o forsake_v her_o communion_n and_o naked_a by_o strip_v she_o of_o her_o ornament_n verse_n 4._o and_o authority_n and_o by_o expose_v she_o to_o shame_n chap._n 16._o 15._o and_o shall_v 38_o eat_v her_o flesh_n i._n e._n consume_v and_o devour_v her_o very_a substance_n and_o revenue_n dan._n 7.5_o psalm_n 27.2_o and_o burn_v 39_o her_n with_o fire_n i._n e._n destroy_v what_o be_v leave_v of_o she_o 37_o a_o metaphor_n take_v from_o the_o usage_n which_o harlot_n often_o meet_v with_o from_o those_o who_o have_v be_v mislead_v and_o abuse_v by_o they_o who_o be_v wont_v at_o first_o to_o entertain_v a_o dislike_n of_o they_o then_o to_o hate_v they_o afterward_o to_o take_v from_o they_o the_o gift_n they_o have_v bestow_v on_o they_o and_o at_o last_o revenge_v themselves_o upon_o they_o by_o their_o utter_a ruin_n from_o this_o verse_n it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o no_o one_o of_o the_o kingdom_n or_o principality_n in_o union_n with_o the_o papacy_n shall_v be_v able_a to_o arrive_v to_o a_o universal_a monarchy_n but_o as_o all_o such_o attempt_n have_v be_v hitherto_o vain_a so_o shall_v they_o still_o be_v so_o because_o as_o they_o be_v at_o first_o many_o independent_a sovereignty_n say_v to_o be_v ten_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n and_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n when_o they_o at_o first_o give_v they_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n verse_n 13._o so_o be_v they_o to_o remain_v so_o until_o they_o forsake_v she_o it_o be_v express_o here_o affirm_v that_o the_o ten_o horn_n shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n 2._o that_o the_o whore_n or_o idolatrous_a church_n of_o rome_n shall_v fall_v by_o those_o very_a state_n and_o kingdom_n which_o have_v all_o along_o uphold_v she_o which_o be_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v as_o be_v plain_o assert_v in_o the_o next_o verse_n when_o the_o word_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v that_o be_v the_o promise_n of_o god_n concern_v the_o expire_n of_o the_o beast_n time_n shall_v be_v complete_v according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o observe_v on_o chap._n 10._o 6_o 7._o when_o the_o ten_o king_n which_o support_v the_o city_n and_o church_n of_o rome_n which_o sit_v on_o they_o withdraw_v themselves_o from_o she_o the_o ten_o of_o that_o great_a city_n or_o the_o city_n and_o jurisdiction_n consist_v in_o the_o account_n of_o prophecy_n of_o ten_o principality_n must_v needs_o fall_v too_o from_o whence_o also_o it_o plain_o appear_v that_o the_o fall_v of_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n mention_v chap._n 21._o 23._o refer_v to_o the_o ten_o king_n desert_v and_o forsake_v she_o 38_o a_o phrase_n take_v from_o dan._n 7.5_o psalm_n 27.2_o signify_v their_o take_n away_o her_o very_a substance_n revenue_n and_o dominion_n and_o convert_v what_o they_o have_v bestow_v upon_o she_o to_o their_o own_o use_n as_o grotius_n interpret_v the_o place_n 39_o a_o phrase_n take_v from_o levit._n 21.9_o where_o it_o be_v command_v that_o the_o daughter_n of_o a_o priest_n guilty_a of_o wheredom_n shall_v be_v burn_v with_o fire_n 17_o for_o god_n have_v put_v in_o their_o wilful_o wicked_a heart_n rom._n 1.26_o 2_o thes_n 2.10_o to_o fullfil_v his_o will_n and_o to_o agree_v verse_n 13_o and_o give_v their_o kingdom_n be_v its_o power_n and_o strength_n unto_o the_o beast_n by_o submit_v unto_o he_o and_o be_v govern_v by_o he_o until_o the_o word_n of_o god_n by_o his_o prophet_n and_o by_o his_o apostle_n in_o this_o vision_n chap._n 13._o 5._o shall_v be_v fullfil_v i._n e._n until_o the_o promise_v make_v by_o god_n concern_v the_o expire_a of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o follow_a approach_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n shall_v be_v fullfil_v dan._n chapter_n 2._o and_o 7._o and_o 12.7_o see_v on_o chap._n 10.5_o 6.11_o 13._o and_o verse_n 16._o of_o this_o chapter_n num_fw-la 37._o 18_o and_o the_o woman_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v or_o signify_v that_o remarkable_a great_a city_n which_o now_o 40_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n 40_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o regnant_n imperial_a city_n now_o actual_o have_v and_o exercise_v at_o this_o present_a time_n sovereignty_n over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v a_o plain_a and_o evident_a character_n that_o rome_n be_v here_o mean_v no_o other_o city_n be_v in_o exercise_n of_o such_o power_n at_o the_o time_n when_o the_o apostle_n see_v this_o vision_n it_o may_v not_o be_v unuseful_a to_o add_v here_o in_o the_o close_a of_o this_o chapter_n this_o short_a digression_n concern_v antichrist_n that_o the_o reader_n may_v have_v in_o one_o view_v the_o chief_a of_o what_o concern_v he_o in_o scripture_n especial_o the_o more_o plain_a and_o doctrinal_a part_n of_o it_o in_o order_n to_o which_o it_o may_v be_v observe_v 1._o that_o about_o two_o year_n after_o ezekiel_n 133._o ezekiel_n ezek._n 40_o etc._n etc._n dan._n 2._o lightf_n work_n tom._n 1._o pag._n 132_o 133._o vision_n of_o the_o temple_n and_o throne_n the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n begin_v upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o egypt_n by_o nabuchadnezzar_n which_o be_v the_o only_a kingdom_n that_o oppose_v he_o which_o vision_n contain_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n glorious_a church_n and_o kingdom_n which_o be_v then_o to_o have_v come_v into_o succession_n in_o place_n of_o the_o jewish_a temple_n and_o city_n then_o in_o
on_o the_o parallel_a place_n in_o the_o gospel_n 16_o a_o expression_n take_v from_o isa_n 22.22_o where_o eliakim_n a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o his_o very_a name_n import_v signify_v one_o raise_v or_o settle_v by_o god_n have_v the_o key_n of_o the_o house_n of_o david_n give_v he_o whereby_o be_v denote_v christ_n government_n over_o his_o church_n a_o key_n be_v a_o ensign_n of_o government_n and_o david_n house_n family_n or_o court_n be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o church_n especial_o as_o it_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o city_n of_o david_n or_o the_o messiah_n who_o be_v the_o great_a king_n of_o it_o 8_o i_o know_v thy_o work_n to_o be_v perfect_a before_o god_n behold_v and_o 17_o let_v it_o be_v note_v and_o remark_v i_o have_v set_v before_o thou_o or_o give_v thou_o a_o open_a 18_o door_n i._n e._n a_o hopeful_a occasion_n and_o mean_n of_o free_o and_o effectual_o propagate_a the_o truth_n and_o a_o prospect_n of_o better_a thing_n and_o great_a liberty_n and_o no_o man_n although_o they_o shall_v often_o attempt_v it_o can_v be_v able_a to_o shut_v it_o or_o hinder_v you_o of_o this_o liberty_n but_o it_o shall_v continue_v accompany_v with_o great_a efficacy_n notwithstanding_o your_o many_o adversary_n until_o my_o come_n for_o thou_o have_v a_o little_a outward_a 19_o worldly_a strength_n force_n and_o power_n to_o protect_v and_o countenance_v thou_o and_o yet_o for_o all_o that_o have_v keep_v 20_o my_o word_n or_o gospel_n as_o to_o faith_n and_o practice_n pure_o and_o entire_o and_o have_v discharge_v thy_o office_n faithful_o and_o haste_v not_o deny_v my_o name_n 21_o by_o entertain_v any_o degree_n of_o antichristian_a corruption_n which_o bear_v not_o my_o name_n or_o be_v not_o institute_v by_o i_o but_o have_v open_o avow_v and_o profess_v my_o name_n as_o sole_a king_n and_o lawgiver_n of_o my_o church_n 17_o behold_v be_v a_o particle_n denote_v the_o importance_n of_o the_o thing_n to_o be_v deliver_v 18_o this_o be_v the_o true_a import_n of_o the_o phrase_n for_o which_o see_v and_o compare_n hosea_n 2.15_o act_n 14.27_o 1_o cor._n 16.9_o 2_o cor._n 2.12_o colos_n 4.3_o and_o from_o this_o and_o what_o follow_v we_o may_v take_v notice_n that_o this_o church_n although_o often_o deny_v liberty_n of_o preach_v the_o gospel_n in_o which_o sense_n grotius_n understand_v the_o shut_n of_o the_o door_n here_o mention_v shall_v yet_o enjoy_v it_o in_o despite_n of_o all_o opposition_n and_o never_o have_v it_o whole_o shut_v against_o they_o and_o that_o this_o open_a door_n shall_v afford_v they_o a_o prospect_n and_o a_o hope_n and_o confidence_n of_o enjoy_v a_o more_o perfect_a state_n of_o thing_n 19_o by_o strength_n can_v here_o be_v understand_v inward_a and_o spiritual_a strength_n or_o zeal_n and_o courage_n to_o propagate_v the_o truth_n with_o all_o boldness_n and_o success_n for_o that_o be_v great_a in_o they_o and_o they_o have_v a_o high_a character_n and_o commendation_n give_v they_o for_o it_o by_o our_o saviour_n but_o by_o strength_n must_v be_v understand_v outward_a humane_a strength_n advantage_n and_o authority_n in_o respect_n of_o birth_n power_n reputation_n for_o learning_n riches_n or_o the_o like_a in_o which_o the_o may_v of_o this_o world_n consist_v 1_o cor._n 1_o 25-28_a but_o especial_o countenance_n and_o protection_n from_o the_o secular_a power_n of_o which_o they_o have_v but_o little_a as_o have_v be_v in_o a_o patient_a afflict_a condition_n and_o under_o restraint_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 8_o 10._o 20_o to_o keep_v christ_n word_n denote_v their_o faithful_a preach_n and_o profess_v the_o gospel_n and_o their_o strict_a adherence_n to_o it_o which_o be_v call_v keep_v the_o charge_n of_o the_o lord_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n which_o minister_n be_v to_o do_v in_o their_o own_o person_n as_o appear_v from_o ezek._n 44.8_o where_o in_o a_o vision_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n when_o this_o philadelphian_a state_n come_v to_o its_o perfection_n those_o priest_n be_v reprehend_v by_o god_n who_o keep_v not_o the_o charge_n of_o his_o holy_a thing_n but_o set_v keeper_n of_o they_o in_o his_o sanstuary_n for_o themselves_o 21_o by_o name_n here_o seem_v to_o be_v mean_v the_o name_n write_v on_o his_o vesture_n rev._n 19.16_o viz._n king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o lord_n that_o be_v supreme_a disposer_n of_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n and_o sole_a governor_n of_o his_o church_n which_o be_v his_o kingdom_n and_o this_o strict_a adherence_n of_o this_o church_n to_o the_o word_n or_o commandment_n of_o god_n only_o be_v oppose_v to_o the_o departure_n of_o the_o sardian_n and_o ephesine_fw-la succession_n from_o what_o they_o have_v receive_v and_o hear_v 9_o behold_v i_o will_v 22_o make_v they_o who_o be_v of_o the_o part_n of_o the_o 23_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n be_v by_o they_o i_o mean_v those_o which_o say_v they_o be_v jew_n or_o pure_a primitive_a christian_n and_o be_v not_o but_o do_v lie_v by_o such_o false_a pretence_n behold_v i_o will_v make_v they_o by_o my_o providence_n and_o inward_a conviction_n to_o come_v and_o worship_n before_o thy_o foot_n i._n e._n to_o show_v 24_o the_o great_a honour_n and_o submission_n unto_o thou_o learn_v of_o thou_o and_o join_v in_o communion_n with_o thou_o although_o in_o a_o inferior_a degree_n of_o esteem_n and_o to_o know_v i._n e._n be_v convince_v and_o acknowledge_v that_o i_o have_v love_v thou_o as_o my_o pure_a and_o undefiled_a church_n cant._n 6._o 4_o 9_o and_o have_v show_v it_o by_o preserve_v thou_o notwithstanding_o all_o their_o endeavour_n to_o the_o contrary_n 22_o in_o the_o greek_a it_o be_v i_o give_v the_o present_a for_o the_o future_a as_o be_v usual_a and_o they_o be_v add_v as_o a_o necessary_a supplement_n and_o the_o word_n supply_v as_o they_o ought_v to_o be_v may_v be_v very_o well_o render_v thus_o behold_v i_o will_v give_v unto_o thou_o they_o of_o the_o synagogue_n i._n e._n i_o will_v bring_v they_o or_o fetch_v they_o in_o and_o present_v they_o unto_o thou_o 23_o by_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n be_v mean_v as_o have_v be_v show_v on_o chap._n 2.9_o those_o who_o in_o the_o smyrnaean_a succession_n introduce_v blasphemous_a or_o idolatrous_a doctrine_n and_o practice_n into_o the_o church_n under_o pretence_n of_o judaisme_n or_o israelitism_n that_o be_v pure_a and_o primitive_a christianity_n and_o therefore_o by_o consequence_n here_o must_v be_v mean_v some_o of_o the_o reformation_n that_o interval_n or_o succession_n be_v here_o describe_v who_o lie_v and_o deceive_v other_o by_o the_o same_o false_a pretence_n not_o into_o satanical_a or_o antichristian_a blasphemy_n or_o idolatry_n but_o defilement_n verse_n 9_o that_o be_v corrupt_a addition_n to_o god_n worship_n which_o be_v call_v defilement_n or_o impure_a mixture_n by_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n chap._n 43.8_o and_o lie_v prov._n 30.6_o isa_n 29.13_o but_o yet_o we_o be_v to_o take_v notice_n that_o they_o be_v not_o call_v the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n but_o they_o or_o they_o of_o the_o synagogue_n to_o signify_v that_o only_o a_o prevail_a party_n among_o they_o be_v defile_v and_o that_o their_o error_n be_v not_o idolatrous_a as_o they_o be_v who_o be_v reprehend_v in_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n call_v therefore_o the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n but_o corrupt_v or_o defile_v and_o false_a or_o lie_v addition_n which_o yet_o be_v not_o so_o much_o their_o own_o invention_n as_o take_v up_o by_o they_o from_o antiquity_n whence_o they_o be_v call_v not_o the_o synagogue_n but_o of_o the_o synagogue_n as_o be_v of_o their_o party_n and_o imitator_n of_o they_o under_o pretext_n of_o conformity_n to_o the_o ancient_a synagogue_n of_o the_o smyrnaean_a succession_n which_o first_o introduce_v those_o corruption_n 24_o all_o which_o may_v be_v imply_v in_o this_o phrase_n to_o lie_v prostrate_a at_o one_o foot_n be_v the_o high_a act_n of_o honour_n and_o submission_n among_o the_o eastern_a nation_n for_o so_o joseph_n brethren_n which_o may_v be_v no_o unfit_a type_n of_o what_o be_v here_o foretell_v gen._n 42_o 6.44.14_o who_o have_v be_v the_o author_n of_o his_o affliction_n come_v and_o bow_v down_o before_o he_o to_o the_o ground_n when_o he_o be_v exalt_v to_o be_v the_o chief_a governor_n in_o egypt_n and_o it_o be_v also_o a_o custom_n for_o scholar_n to_o sit_v at_o the_o foot_n of_o their_o master_n to_o worship_n at_o their_o foot_n may_v denote_v their_o learning_n of_o they_o and_o join_v with_o they_o in_o their_o worship_n but_o as_o in_o a_o inferior_a degree_n of_o knowledge_n and_o esteem_n according_a to_o the_o expression_n of_o the_o prophet_n isa_n 60.14_o from_o whence_o this_o place_n seem_v to_o be_v take_v and_o the_o word_n also_o may_v be_v
resurrection_n matth._n 27_o 51.28_o 2._o 43_o which_o be_v call_v earth_n in_o this_o prophecy_n 44_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v be_v mean_v 1._o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v understand_v and_o then_o it_o may_v denote_v rome_n as_o under_z the_o papacy_n which_o mr._n mede_n suppose_v to_o be_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o old_a rome_n or_o rather_o because_o it_o be_v doubt_v whether_o mr._n mede_n dimension_n of_o old_a and_o modern_a rome_n be_v exact_a some_o one_o most_o notable_a kingdom_n of_o the_o ten_o into_o which_o the_o western_a roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v as_o be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 17._o whereby_o the_o kingdom_n of_o france_n may_v most_o peculiar_o be_v denote_v which_o be_v the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n that_o be_v the_o last_o of_o those_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o catalogue_n of_o they_o give_v by_o the_o judicious_a and_o learned_a author_n of_o the_o book_n de_fw-fr 17._o de_fw-fr pag._n 17._o excidio_fw-la antichristi_fw-la or_o 2._o by_o the_o ten_o of_o the_o city_n may_v rather_o be_v mean_v the_o whole_a papal_a jurisdiction_n call_v the_o ten_o because_o it_o be_v symbolise_v in_o prophecy_n by_o ten_o toe_n ten_o horn_n ten_o king_n unite_v under_o the_o papacy_n as_o will_v be_v show_v on_o chap._n 17._o for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v signify_v not_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n but_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o decemprincipality_n the_o state_n of_o the_o antichristian_a jurisdiction_n or_o city_n after_o it_o come_v to_o have_v ten_o king_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d chap._n 6.8_o signify_v not_o the_o four_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n but_o the_o four_o earthly_a kingdom_n or_o monarchy_n which_o be_v a_o sense_n of_o the_o phrase_n more_o comprehensive_a than_o the_o former_a and_o more_o suitable_a to_o the_o symbolical_a genius_n of_o this_o prophecy_n and_o it_o be_v say_v to_o fall_v that_o be_v to_o be_v ruin_v and_o destroy_v in_o the_o commotion_n as_o babylon_n be_v say_v by_o the_o prophet_n to_o be_v fall_v or_o destroy_v 45_o in_o the_o greek_a it_o be_v be_v slay_v name_n of_o man_n seven_o thousand_o by_o name_n of_o man_n as_o dr._n moor_n observe_v may_v be_v mean_v title_n dignity_n office_n and_o order_n of_o man_n by_o which_o they_o be_v name_v and_o distinguish_v or_o the_o man_n themselves_o who_o be_v man_n of_o name_n or_o repute_v upon_o those_o and_o such_o like_a account_n as_o vile_a or_o base_a man_n on_o the_o contrary_a be_v call_v man_n of_o no_o name_n job_n 30.8_o and_o by_o seven_o thousand_o of_o they_o be_v slay_v be_v mean_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o perfect_a total_a and_o solid_a overthrow_n of_o the_o popish_a hierarchy_n and_o jurisdiction_n which_o shall_v entire_o be_v slay_v or_o cease_v to_o be_v what_o it_o be_v before_o which_o be_v signify_v by_o seven_o a_o perfect_a number_n multiply_v into_o a_o thousand_o a_o cubical_a solid_a number_n as_o 1_o king_n 19.17_o 18._o from_o whence_o this_o expression_n be_v take_v god_n say_v that_o he_o have_v seven_o thousand_o leave_v in_o israel_n that_o be_v a_o perfect_a number_n of_o pure_a worshipper_n reserve_v entire_a in_o secret_a see_v note_n on_o chap._n 1_o 4._o 7_o 4_o 5._o 9_o 5._o 20_o 4._o 46_o to_o give_v glory_n to_o god_n be_v to_o confess_v their_o fault_n and_o acknowledge_v the_o righteousness_n and_o justice_n of_o god_n in_o his_o punishment_n as_o achan_n do_v josh_n 7._o 19_o 20._o and_o nabuchadnezzar_n dan._n 4_o 34-37_a and_o thereupon_o to_o honour_n and_o worship_n he_o after_o his_o own_o manner_n and_o to_o forsake_v their_o former_a idolatry_n rom._n 1.21_o 25._o 14_o the_o second_o woe_n 47_o of_o the_o six_o trumpet_n viz._n turkish_a mahometism_n chap._n 8_o 13_o 9_o 12_o be_v pass_v already_o and_o behold_v the_o three_o 47_o woe_n viz_o that_o of_o the_o sevenâ—h_o trumpet_n upon_o antichrianism_n chapter_n 14.15.16_o come_v quick_o 47_o into_o event_n and_o execution_n after_o the_o second_o be_v past_a upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n chap._n 10_o 7._o 11_o 15._o 47_o the_o first_o woe_n be_v that_o of_o the_o locust_n or_o saracen_n the_o second_o of_o the_o horseman_n of_o euphrates_n or_o the_o turkish_a mahometan_n the_o three_o be_v the_o woe_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n or_o angel_n upon_o antichristianism_n which_o be_v large_o relate_v in_o some_o of_o the_o follow_a chapter_n and_o in_o this_o verse_n be_v plain_o assert_v 1._o that_o during_o or_o rather_o after_o the_o earthquake_n and_o the_o effect_n of_o it_o upon_o the_o ascent_n of_o the_o witness_n into_o heaven_n the_o second_o woe_n or_o turkish_a mahometism_n shall_v pass_v off_o and_o that_o more_o particular_o from_o the_o grecian_a church_n and_o their_o empire_n or_o imperial_a seat_n for_o it_o be_v here_o say_v after_o the_o vision_n of_o those_o event_n that_o the_o second_o woe_n be_v past_a that_o be_v it_o be_v then_o past_a in_o vision_n and_o consequent_o be_v to_o pass_v off_o in_o the_o event_n and_o completion_n at_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v the_o fulfil_n of_o the_o forego_n vision_n 2._o that_o the_o three_o woe_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n upon_o antichristianism_n be_v to_o follow_v quick_o upon_o the_o pass_n off_o of_o the_o second_o woe_n that_o be_v upon_o its_o cease_v to_o be_v a_o woe_n or_o a_o scourge_n to_o antichristianism_n for_o which_o end_v it_o be_v design_v by_o god_n who_o will_v then_o inflict_v woe_n of_o another_o nature_n upon_o they_o and_o 3._o that_o the_o effect_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n shall_v not_o take_v up_o any_o long_a time_n in_o their_o accomplish_n but_o shall_v be_v perform_v with_o speed_n and_o of_o a_o sudden_a which_o may_v perhaps_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o as_o a_o judicious_a person_n have_v acute_o observe_v the_o six_o trumpet_n come_v immediate_o after_o the_o five_o as_o well_o as_o the_o seven_o after_o the_o six_o and_o therefore_o it_o can_v be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o other_o by_o its_o immediate_a succession_n which_o be_v common_a to_o they_o all_o but_o by_o the_o speed_n of_o its_o motion_n and_o the_o quickness_n of_o its_o event_n 15_o and_o the_o seven_o 48_o angel_n sound_v and_o there_o be_v great_a or_o loud_o voice_n of_o acknowledgement_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o thanksgiving_n for_o it_o in_o heaven_n or_o in_o the_o heavenly_a pure_a state_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n num_fw-la 41._o say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n god_n the_o father_n and_o of_o his_o son_n christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o 49_o and_o ever_o dan._n 2_o 44._o 7_o 14_o 18_o 26_o 27._o 48_o seven_o be_v a_o number_n of_o perfection_n and_o have_v a_o reference_n in_o this_o vision_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o be_v here_o foretell_v shall_v come_v upon_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o angel_n and_o be_v to_o consist_v not_o in_o destroy_v but_o in_o reduce_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n that_o be_v the_o several_a civil_a government_n of_o it_o to_o a_o constitution_n suitable_a to_o christ_n gospel_n whereby_o they_o become_v his_o kingdom_n and_o in_o christ_n reign_n over_o these_o kingdom_n thus_o model_v which_o shall_v be_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o that_o be_v to_o the_o end_n of_o all_o succeed_a time_n here_o upon_o earth_n no_o other_o empire_n or_o kingdom_n be_v to_o succeed_v it_o 1_o cor._n 15_o 24-29_a but_o of_o this_o we_o shall_v have_v opportunity_n to_o discourse_v more_o full_o hereafter_o or_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 49_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 1.70_o 〈◊〉_d dr._n hammond_n on_o matth._n 24.3_o and_o luke_n 1.70_o signify_v in_o scripture_n a_o age_n of_o the_o world_n or_o some_o eminent_a period_n of_o it_o more_o particular_o that_o of_o the_o jewish_a church_n and_o state_n and_o therefore_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d seem_v here_o to_o be_v denote_v the_o end_n of_o all_o the_o period_n or_o division_n of_o time_n consummate_v in_o that_o of_o the_o messiah_n which_o be_v call_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d world_n or_o age_n to_o come_v by_o the_o jew_n 16_o and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o 50_o elder_n or_o representatives_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n chap._n 4._o 4_o 9_o 10_o which_o sit_v before_o god_n on_o their_o seat_n in_o a_o posture_n of_o authority_n as_o be_v to_o reign_v with_o christ_n yet_o fall_v upon_o their_o face_n with_o great_a humility_n and_o reverence_n and_o worship_v god_n
and_o gather_v by_o raise_v they_o the_o cluster_n of_o the_o 38_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o child_n of_o the_o wicked_a one_o matth._n 13.30_o 38_o 41_o 49_o 50._o joel_n 3.13_o deut._n 32.32_o for_o her_o grape_n be_v full_o ripe_a for_o destruction_n 37_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o dr._n lightfoot_n that_o here_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o a_o custom_n among_o the_o jew_n who_o be_v not_o wont_a to_o put_v in_o the_o sickle_n until_o the_o priest_n who_o sit_v in_o the_o temple_n give_v order_n and_o command_v for_o it_o but_o i_o presume_v the_o reason_n give_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n to_o be_v more_o apposite_a 38_o the_o wicked_a and_o the_o antichristian_a church_n be_v represent_v by_o a_o earthly_a vine_n who_o cluster_n and_o grape_n be_v bitter_a like_o the_o vine_n of_o sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n deut._n 32.32_o 33_o as_o the_o true_a church_n and_o the_o righteous_a member_n of_o it_o be_v by_o the_o vine_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o of_o christ_n isaiah_n 5._o psalm_n 80._o john_n 15._o now_o if_o the_o reap_v of_o the_o harvest_n signify_v the_o gather_v of_o the_o saint_n at_o the_o first_o resurrection_n then_o the_o gather_v of_o the_o vintage_n must_v signify_v the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o wicked_a to_o who_o it_o be_v express_o refer_v by_o the_o prophet_n joel_n chap._n 3.13_o concern_v which_o see_v what_o be_v discourse_v on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 19_o and_o the_o angel_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n into_o the_o earth_n and_o gather_v the_o vine_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o great_a winepress_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n i._n e._n into_o exquisite_a torment_n 20_o and_o the_o winepress_n be_v tread_v i._n e._n these_o judgement_n be_v execute_v without_o 39_o the_o city_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n chap._n 21.2_o isa_n 66.24_o in_o the_o valley_n of_o decision_n joel_n 3_o 2_o 12_o 14._o rev._n 16.16_o and_o blood_n come_v out_o of_o the_o winepress_n even_o to_o the_o horse_n bridle_v i._n e._n the_o destruction_n be_v very_o bloody_a and_o apparent_a to_o they_o with_o christ_n on_o white_a horse_n rev._n 19.14_o by_o the_o space_n of_o a_o thousand_o and_o six_o 40_o hundred_o furlong_n i._n e._n it_o be_v universal_a joel_n 3.2_o rev._n 16.14_o 30_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o belove_a city_n the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n which_o they_o come_v to_o compass_v rev._n 20.9_o but_o can_v not_o enter_v be_v discomfit_v in_o a_o place_n without_o it_o call_v jehoshaphat_n by_o joel_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o god_n judgement_n shall_v be_v execute_v upon_o they_o which_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o word_n jehoshaphat_n in_o the_o place_n to_o which_o the_o wicked_a shall_v be_v confine_v by_o god_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n 40_o four_o the_o square_a hundred_o square_a four_o time_n four_o hundred_o amount_v to_o sixteen_o hundred_o root_n of_o 1600_o be_v a_o symbol_n of_o universality_n take_v from_o the_o four_o corner_n or_o wind_n of_o heaven_n which_o denote_v the_o whole_a heaven_n and_o the_o whole_a earth_n in_o scripture_n and_o perhaps_o also_o upon_o other_o pythagorical_a and_o cabbalistical_a reason_n which_o may_v be_v see_v in_o dr._n moor_n commentary_n on_o this_o place_n and_o here_o be_v to_o be_v note_v what_o a_o learned_a friend_n suggest_v unto_o i_o that_o four_o be_v a_o square_a number_n and_o furlong_n be_v the_o measure_n of_o the_o four_o square_a city_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n chap._n 21.16_o hereby_o may_v be_v fit_o signify_v that_o this_o vengeance_n describe_v here_o as_o a_o four_o square_v one_o if_o i_o may_v so_o speak_v come_v out_o of_o the_o four_o square_a city_n be_v not_o only_o universal_a in_o the_o four_o quarter_n or_o utmost_a corner_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o wicked_a nation_n revel_v 20.8_o but_o also_o perfect_a and_o regular_a as_o a_o foursquare_a city_n be_v agreeable_a to_o god_n holy_a and_o righteous_a admensuration_n of_o justice_n towards_o all_o man_n the_o wicked_a as_o well_o as_o the_o saint_n chap._n xv._o the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o see_v in_o vision_n another_o sign_n or_o 16.1_o or_o matth._n 16.1_o prodigious_a appearance_n more_o 1_o wonderful_a than_o the_o former_a see_v chap._n 12.1_o in_o 2_o heaven_n great_a and_o marvellous_a for_o the_o event_n signify_v by_o it_o 3_o seven_o angel_n the_o immediate_a minister_n of_o this_o judgement_n have_v in_o their_o vial_n verse_n 7._o the_o seven_o 4_o last_o plague_n or_o judgement_n for_o in_o they_o be_v fill_v up_o or_o finish_a the_o wrath_n of_o god_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v the_o last_o annotation_n on_o chap._n xv._o 1_o for_o in_o the_o former_a paganism_n fall_v and_o the_o kingdom_n be_v only_o adjudge_v to_o christ_n but_o in_o this_o antichristianism_n fall_v and_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n itself_o appear_v whereas_o there_o be_v before_o only_o a_o emblem_n of_o it_o upon_o earth_n which_o be_v a_o state_n of_o thing_n more_o perfect_a than_o the_o former_a be_v here_o call_v not_o only_o a_o great_a but_o a_o marvellous_a portent_n 2_o three_o thing_n in_o this_o prophecy_n be_v more_o particular_o see_v as_o in_o heaven_n 1._o the_o divine_a court_n of_o judicature_n or_o grand_fw-fr synedrium_fw-la chap._n 4._o 2._o the_o downfall_n of_o paganism_n and_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n chap._n 12.1_o 3._o the_o present_a judgement_n upon_o antichristianism_n all_o of_o they_o refer_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n but_o this_o to_o a_o high_a state_n of_o it_o now_o approach_v 3_o the_o sabbatick_a number_n of_o seven_o be_v all_o along_o use_v in_o this_o prophecy_n to_o show_v that_o the_o end_n and_o issue_n of_o all_o thing_n in_o it_o be_v with_o respect_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n at_o the_o seven_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o world_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v 4_o hence_o we_o may_v note_v 1._o that_o these_o plague_n relate_v to_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n out_o of_o which_o they_o must_v issue_v because_o they_o be_v the_o last_o plague_n and_o that_o the_o last_o we_o at_o the_o first_o sound_v of_o which_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n come_v chap._n 11.18_o which_o be_v by_o these_o plague_n fill_v up_o or_o accomplish_v 2._o that_o the_o last_o plague_n must_v refer_v to_o the_o last_o division_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n chap._n 12.12_o to_o wit_n the_o last_o forty_o five_o year_n which_o be_v add_v to_o the_o twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o year_n make_v they_o up_o the_o one_o thousand_o three_o hundred_o and_o thirty_o five_o day_n of_o year_n there_o mention_v 3._o that_o the_o last_o portion_n of_o apocalyptick_a time_n necessary_o suppose_v that_o there_o be_v a_o constant_a order_n or_o connexion_n of_o time_n in_o this_o book_n from_o first_o to_o last_o viz._n from_o the_o first_o seal_n to_o the_o seven_o and_o last_o trumpet_n out_o of_o which_o first_o the_o voice_n and_o then_o the_o vial_n issue_n which_o be_v the_o last_o plague_n after_o which_o according_a to_o daniel_n the_o bless_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o glory_n begin_v until_o when_o none_o can_v enter_v the_o temple_n verse_n 8._o 2_o and_o i_o see_v as_o it_o be_v a_o sea_n of_o glass_n represent_v the_o pure_a state_n of_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n see_v on_o chap._n 4.6_o mingle_v with_o 5_o fire_n to_o denote_v the_o fiery_a indignation_n of_o god_n to_o be_v pour_v out_o of_o the_o vial_n and_o they_o that_o have_v get_v the_o victory_n over_o the_o beat_v and_o over_o his_o image_n and_o over_o his_o mark_n and_o over_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n i._n e._n who_o have_v overcome_v and_o escape_v out_o of_o the_o temptation_n of_o the_o antichristian_a profession_n see_v chap._n 13_o 15-18_a 14_o 11._o stand_v 6_o on_o the_o sea_n of_o glass_n in_o a_o posture_n and_o state_n of_o victory_n and_o happy_a security_n from_o the_o vengeance_n of_o the_o vial_n have_v the_o 7_o harp_n of_o god_n i._n e._n most_o excellent_a holy_a and_o heavenly_a music_n with_o joyful_a and_o thankful_a heart_n 5_o this_o have_v a_o reference_n to_o the_o red_a sea_n through_o which_o the_o israelite_n pass_v be_v make_v up_o as_o it_o be_v of_o the_o crystalline_a sea_n chap._n 4.6_o and_o the_o red_a sea_n exod._n 14._o this_o verse_n and_o some_o other_o in_o this_o chapter_n contain_v a_o allusion_n to_o that_o memorable_a story_n 6_o as_o the_o israelite_n exod._n 14.29_o 30._o stand_v on_o the_o shoot_v of_o the_o red_a sea_n in_o safety_n view_v the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o egyptian_n the_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a party_n for_o to_o stand_v on_o the_o sea_n signify_v to_o stand_v on_o the_o shore_n of_o it_o 1_o king_n 4.20_o exod._n 15.22_o whereby_o
according_a to_o what_o have_v before_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o josiah_n who_o be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o godly_a king_n of_o judah_n and_o israel_n be_v and_o be_v slay_v near_o that_o place_n just_o when_o he_o have_v prepare_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n the_o emblem_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n 2_o chron._n 35.20_o 4._o to_o show_v that_o god_n who_o overrule_v evil_a design_n for_o good_a and_o who_o declare_v judg._n 4.7_o the_o place_n here_o allude_v to_o that_o he_o draw_v sisera_n and_o his_o multitude_n together_o have_v ordain_v that_o these_o king_n shall_v be_v total_o overthrow_v as_o the_o king_n of_o canaan_n be_v at_o megiddo_n and_o that_o christ_n church_n shall_v triumph_v over_o they_o and_o bless_v god_n for_o the_o great_a victory_n in_o the_o song_n prepare_v for_o it_o in_o the_o precede_a chapter_n as_o 20.26_o as_o 2_o chron._n 20.26_o jehoshaphat_n and_o the_o israelite_n do_v in_o the_o valley_n of_o beracah_n or_o blessing_n for_o the_o defeat_n of_o that_o great_a multitude_n of_o wicked_a people_n which_o confederate_v against_o israel_n whereupon_o this_o place_n of_o decision_n be_v call_v the_o valley_n of_o jehoshaphat_n in_o 14._o in_o chap._n 3.2_o 12_o 14._o joel_n the_o battle_n be_v describe_v sometime_o as_o if_o it_o be_v to_o be_v in_o a_o 5._o a_o joel_n 3_o ezek._n 39_o 5._o valley_n or_o plain_n and_o sometime_o as_o on_o a_o 39.4_o a_o ezek._n 39.4_o mountain_n and_o confine_v to_o no_o particular_a place_n jehoshaphats_n 294._o jehoshaphats_n fuller_n pisgah_n sight_n pag._n 280_o 294._o valley_n be_v far_o distant_a from_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n but_o express_v so_o as_o to_o typify_v other_o thing_n unto_o we_o and_o to_o show_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v total_o defeat_v as_o man_n drive_v from_o their_o several_a fastness_n and_o retreat_n mountain_n as_o well_o as_o plain_n and_o valley_n 5._o to_o show_v that_o both_o jew_n 14._o jew_n zech._n 12.3_o 6_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 12_o 13_o 14._o and_o gentile_n shall_v mourn_v at_o the_o sight_n of_o christ_n now_o ready_a to_o appear_v in_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n as_o there_o be_v a_o great_a mourn_v for_o josiah_n by_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o assyrian_n who_o he_o then_o assist_v which_o may_v probable_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o hadadrimmon_n zech._n 12.11_o which_o according_a to_o 12.11_o to_o on_o zech._n 12.11_o grotius_n signify_v the_o glory_n of_o rimmon_n a_o assyrian_a idol_n 17_o and_o the_o seven_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o vial_n into_o the_o 35_o air_n and_o there_o come_v a_o great_a voice_n out_o of_o the_o temple_n 36_o of_o heaven_n from_o the_o throne_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o extraordinary_a manifestation_n of_o the_o intimate_a and_o more_o immediate_a presence_n of_o god_n say_v it_o 37_o be_v do_v i._n e._n this_o be_v the_o last_o vial_n and_o judgement_n upon_o the_o wicked_a nation_n ezek._n 39.8_o see_v on_o chap._n 20._o and_o 21.6_o 35_o by_o air_n be_v mean_v in_o 148.4_o in_o see_v dr._n hammond_n on_o psalm_n 148.4_o scripture_n the_o aerial_a expansum_fw-la or_o firmament_n consist_v of_o air_n and_o cloud_n balance_v by_o the_o weight_n of_o it_o job_n 37.16_o which_o be_v the_o place_n of_o meteor_n the_o angel_n pour_v his_o vial_n upon_o it_o and_o thereupon_o follow_v thunder_n and_o lightning_n and_o a_o great_a earthquake_n which_o common_o accompany_v each_o other_o the_o island_n and_o mountain_n fly_v away_o and_o so_o great_a hail_n fall_v which_o be_v a_o usual_a attendant_n of_o thunder-storm_n as_o if_o the_o cloud_n with_o all_o their_o 23._o their_o job_n 38.22_o 23._o treasure_n of_o meteor_n be_v throw_v down_o from_o heaven_n whereby_o the_o more_o immediate_a preparation_n to_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o old_a earth_n seem_v to_o be_v describe_v according_a to_o the_o prediction_n of_o the_o apostle_n peter_n and_o the_o description_n give_v of_o it_o in_o dr._n burnet_n theory_n who_o yet_o very_o 7._o very_o 3.3_o 7._o prudent_o admonish_v we_o not_o to_o be_v too_o positive_a or_o presumptuous_a in_o our_o conjecture_n about_o these_o thing_n because_o if_o there_o be_v a_o invisible_a hand_n divine_a or_o angelical_a that_o touch_v the_o spring_n and_o wheel_n of_o nature_n it_o will_v not_o be_v easy_a for_o we_o to_o determine_v with_o certainty_n the_o order_n of_o their_o motion_n 36_o call_v so_o in_o remembrance_n of_o the_o throne_n and_o temple_n in_o ezekiel_n 37_o a_o phrase_n evident_o take_v from_o ezek._n 39.8_o where_o it_o be_v use_v concern_v gog_n and_o magog_n whence_o also_o it_o appear_v that_o their_o destruction_n be_v here_o refer_v to_o concern_v who_o read_v chap._n 20._o and_o ezek._n 38._o and_o 39_o 18_o and_o there_o be_v voice_n and_o thunder_n 38_o and_o lightning_n and_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n such_o as_o be_v not_o since_o man_n be_v upon_o the_o earth_n so_o mighty_a a_o earthquake_n and_o so_o great_a i._n e._n there_o be_v very_o high_a manifestation_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n and_o a_o time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o never_o be_v before_o the_o power_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o heaven_n be_v shake_v to_o make_v way_n for_o a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n dan._n 12.1_o 2._o matth._n 24.29_o heb._n 12_o 26-22_a see_v on_o chap._n 4.5_o and_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 38_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n book_n 3_o 19_o and_o the_o great_a city_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a antichristian_a jurisdiction_n and_o kingdom_n chap._n 14_o 8.18_o 10_o 21._o be_v divide_a by_o the_o earthquake_n into_o 39_o three_o part_n i._n e._n the_o whole_a strength_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n be_v dissipate_v and_o overthrow_v and_o the_o city_n of_o the_o wicked_a nation_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n verse_n 14._o chap._n 20.8_o fell_n and_o great_a babylon_n 40_o i._n e._n rome_n chap._n 14.8_o come_v in_o special_a remembrance_n before_o god_n to_o give_v unto_o she_o the_o cup_n of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o feirceness_n of_o his_o wrath_n i._n e._n to_o destroy_v she_o with_o a_o most_o severe_a and_o a_o utter_a destruction_n see_v on_o chap._n 14_o 8-11_a 39_o the_o general_a type_n of_o three_o part_n seem_v to_o be_v take_v from_o ezek._n 5.2_o 12._o where_o jerusalem_n when_o it_o be_v design_v for_o destruction_n be_v mark_v out_o into_o three_o part_n which_o three_o part_n here_o be_v the_o three_o unite_a force_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n viz._n 1._o the_o dragon_n or_o devil_n with_o his_o three_o unclean_a spirit_n 2._o the_o beast_n and_o his_o false_a prophet_n who_o as_o be_v unite_v in_o force_n and_o interest_n have_v one_o punishment_n 3._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n see_v on_o chap._n 19_o 19-21_a 40_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o conflagration_n be_v here_o point_a at_o because_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o this_o prophecy_n that_o rome_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o fire_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v 20_o and_o every_o island_n flee_v away_o and_o the_o mountain_n be_v not_o find_v i._n e._n the_o 41_o old_a earth_n be_v dissolve_v 2_o pet._n 3._o see_v on_o chap._n 21.1_o 41_o see_v dr._n burnet_n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n b._n 3.9_o who_o ingenious_a hypothesis_n give_v great_a light_n to_o this_o place_n according_a to_o which_o as_o be_v here_o foretell_v the_o mountain_n be_v to_o be_v destroy_v in_o the_o last_o place_n and_o there_o be_v to_o be_v no_o island_n because_o no_o sea_n in_o the_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v to_o be_v plain_a and_o level_a 21_o and_o there_o fall_v upon_o the_o wicked_a king_n and_z man_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o be_v gather_v together_o against_o christ_n kingdom_n verse_n 14.16_o a_o great_a hail_n out_o of_o heaven_n 42_o i._n e._n a_o extraordinary_a tempest_n of_o divine_a wrath_n inflict_v by_o the_o more_o immediate_a command_n of_o god_n every_o stone_n about_o the_o weight_n of_o a_o talon_n i._n e._n each_o stroke_n of_o god_n wrath_n be_v extraordinary_a great_a heavy_a and_o insupportable_a ezek._n 38.22_o matth._n 23.44_o and_o yet_o these_fw-mi man_n blaspheme_v god_n because_o of_o the_o hail_v i._n e._n be_v still_o obdurate_a and_o impenitent_a for_o the_o plague_n thereof_o be_v exceed_v great_a upon_o which_o they_o shall_v therefore_o have_v humble_v themselves_o under_o the_o mighty_a hand_n of_o god_n 42_o hail_n be_v one_o of_o the_o plague_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o wicked_a king_n of_o canaan_n be_v destroy_v by_o great_a hailstone_n from_o heaven_n joshua_n 10.11_o as_o the_o antichristian_a egyptian_n and_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n here_o be_v but_o this_o place_n more_o immediate_o refer_v to_o ezek._n 38.22_o where_o god_n foretell_v that_o gog_n and_o magog_n shall_v be_v destroy_v by_o a_o thunder_n storm_n of_o rain_n and_o great_a hailstone_n
〈◊〉_d signify_v of_o a_o other_o kind_n or_o sort_n from_o it_o as_o not_o be_v beastian_n or_o idolatrous_a but_o a_o utter_a enemy_n to_o the_o beast_n during_o who_o reign_n it_o lay_v wound_v to_o death_n chap._n 13._o 3._o whereupon_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d seem_v to_o be_v make_v use_n of_o by_o the_o holy_a spirit_n that_o so_o it_o may_v be_v answer_v by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o word_n which_o include_v both_o the_o former_a sense_n for_o see_v that_o there_o be_v eight_o king_n and_o but_o seven_o head_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o one_o of_o the_o king_n must_v be_v no_o head_n and_o therefore_o of_o a_o nature_n different_a from_o all_o the_o other_o which_o can_v only_o belong_v to_o this_o seven_o king_n because_o the_o five_o first_o government_n be_v know_v to_o be_v idolatrous_a government_n which_o be_v the_o signification_n of_o a_o head_n in_o this_o prophecy_n and_o the_o eight_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v idolatrous_a head_n so_o that_o this_o other_o be_v indeed_o a_o king_n and_o that_o the_o seven_o of_o the_o imperial_a city_n of_o rome_n but_o be_v not_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v be_v not_o a_o king_n who_o be_v also_o a_o idolatrous_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o all_o the_o six_o government_n before_o the_o christian_a emperor_n be_v and_o as_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v to_o be_v who_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n or_o government_n but_o the_o seven_o idolatrous_a king_n or_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o be_v a_o head_n as_o well_o as_o a_o king_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 11._o 30_o this_o be_v also_o a_o evident_a character_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n which_o in_o comparison_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o five_o precede_a king_n and_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o beast_n last_v but_o for_o a_o short_a space_n viz_o but_o about_o a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n reckon_v from_o constantine_n until_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n under_o augustulus_n a._n d._n 476._o whence_o also_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o beast_n the_o next_o or_o eight_o king_n must_v enter_v into_o succession_n at_o that_o time_n together_o with_o his_o ten_o king_n who_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n at_o the_o same_o hour_n with_o he_o verse_n 12._o these_o be_v evident_o government_n immediate_o successive_a as_o a_o six_o to_o a_o five_o a_o seven_o to_o that_o and_o a_o eight_o follow_v it_o without_o any_o interregnum_fw-la or_o intermediate_v government_n and_o it_o be_v here_o say_v that_o it_o must_v or_o ought_v not_o to_o continue_v long_o to_o show_v that_o providence_n have_v ordain_v that_o the_o christian_a empire_n shall_v be_v short_a on_o purpose_n that_o there_o may_v be_v space_n enough_o out_o of_o the_o time_n destine_v for_o these_o purpose_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v build_v upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o christian_a empire_n 11_o and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v viz._n in_o the_o six_o head_n verse_n 8._o and_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o rise_v to_o his_o supremacy_n verse_n 8._o even_o he_o and_o let_v it_o be_v observe_v be_v the_o 31_o eight_o king_n verse_n 10._o and_o be_v one_o to_o wit_n the_o last_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n or_o idolatrous_a government_n the_o seven_o king_n be_v no_o head_n verse_n 10._o and_o go_v into_o perdition_n i._n e._n shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o then_o all_o the_o four_o monarchy_n end_v in_o he_o and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n succeed_v dan._n 2._o and_o 7._o see_v on_o verse_n 8._o and_o on_o verse_n 16_o 17._o 31_o from_o this_o verse_n it_o be_v evident_a 1._o that_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o papacy_n because_o that_o although_o there_o be_v king_n of_o italy_n after_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o king_n yet_o rome_n the_o woman_n or_o great_a city_n of_o these_o eight_o king_n who_o uphold_v and_o sustain_v it_o by_o their_o authority_n and_o where_o the_o head_n and_o king_n be_v resident_a which_o reign_v over_o the_o inferior_a king_n or_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v never_o afterward_o under_o the_o supreme_a government_n of_o any_o but_o the_o pope_n at_o least_o for_o any_o considerable_a time_n who_o must_v therefore_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n here_o mention_v they_o be_v call_v king_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n as_o appear_v from_o verse_n 3_o 9_o 10_o 11_o 18._o and_o from_o what_o have_v be_v observe_v on_o chap._n 13._o 2._o where_o the_o very_a same_o beast_n with_o this_o be_v describe_v as_o be_v evident_a from_o the_o character_n give_v of_o they_o in_o both_o chapter_n which_o may_v be_v see_v in_o dr._n moor_n synop_n prophet_n lib._n 1._o chap._n 10_o etc._n etc._n and_o in_o dr._n cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocalypse_v 2._o that_o the_o papacy_n be_v a_o idolatrous_a government_n because_o the_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v the_o papacy_n be_v of_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o idolatrous_a roman_a empire_n in_o general_a and_o be_v also_o the_o beast_n in_o particular_a or_o that_o which_o be_v call_v so_o by_o way_n of_o eminence_n viz._n the_o seven_o head_n but_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v which_o be_v call_v the_o beast_n although_o it_o be_v only_o a_o head_n of_o it_o as_o a_o eminent_a part_n have_v often_o the_o denomination_n of_o the_o whole_a and_o to_o show_v that_o it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o daniel_n which_o be_v call_v dan._n 7.11_o the_o beast_n although_o it_o be_v only_o one_o of_o its_o horn_n whence_o 3_o it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o present_a papacy_n be_v the_o beast_n because_o that_o have_v be_v in_o possession_n of_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n ever_o since_o the_o christian_a empire_n and_o so_o consequent_o no_v other_o antichristian_a king_n be_v to_o be_v expect_v towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n nor_o any_o other_o city_n to_o be_v understand_v here_o but_o the_o present_a papal_a rome_n the_o head_n of_o which_o the_o pope_n be_v actual_o crown_v pope_n crown_v sir_n paul_n rycaut_n be_v preface_n to_o the_o life_n of_o the_o pope_n with_o a_o triple_a crown_n after_o his_o election_n and_o that_o with_o so_o many_o solemnity_n that_o the_o ceremony_n take_v up_o a_o whole_a day_n and_o he_o have_v also_o all_o the_o ensign_n of_o temporal_a sovereignty_n as_o a_o court_n of_o cardinal_n who_o in_o the_o ceremoniale_a romanum_n be_v call_v prince_n in_o the_o church_n ambassador_n guard_n and_o the_o like_a and_o be_v approach_v with_o more_o reverence_n than_o the_o emperor_n themselves_o which_o be_v so_o much_o take_v notice_n of_o by_o the_o talmud_n the_o graseri_fw-la histor_n antichrist_n p._n 142._o buxtorf_n lexic_fw-la talmud_n jew_n and_o talmud_n and_o graseri_fw-la histor_n antichrist_n p._n 142._o buxtorf_n lexic_fw-la talmud_n infidel_n that_o the_o pope_n be_v frequent_o call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o frank_n i_o e._n the_o christian_n by_o the_o turk_n and_o the_o king_n of_o edom_n by_o the_o jew_n by_o which_o they_o mean_v rome_n 12_o and_o the_o ten_o 32_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v or_o signify_v ten_o king_n or_o independent_a soveraignity_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n or_o independency_n of_o and_o in_o the_o empire_n as_o yet_o i._n e._n at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n i._n e._n a_o independent_a and_o sovereign_a power_n one_o hour_n 23_o with_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o the_o beast_n receive_v power_n and_o in_o conjunction_n with_o he_o 32_o these_o king_n receive_v power_n with_o the_o beast_n when_o he_o come_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n which_o come_v not_o to_o pass_v until_o the_o extinction_n of_o the_o christian_a emperor_n of_o rome_n or_o the_o western_a caesar_n by_o these_o king_n can_v be_v mean_v no_o other_o than_o those_o among_o who_o the_o empire_n be_v divide_v upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o northern_a nation_n who_o be_v think_v by_o mr._n antichrist_n mr._n pag._n 463._o 661._o author_n libri_fw-la de_fw-la excid_n antichrist_n mede_n and_o other_o learned_a man_n to_o have_v be_v ten_o at_o first_o although_o that_o number_n seem_v rather_o to_o be_v retain_v upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o ten_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n in_o c_o daniel_n to_o which_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v correspond_v to_o show_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o last_o state_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o which_o the_o image_n be_v to_o be_v break_v in_o piece_n by_o the_o stone_n the_o emblem_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n which_o be_v to_o smite_v it_o on_o its_o foot_n and_o ten_o toe_n for_o the_o endeavour_n of_o learned_a
candle_n shall_v shine_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e._n thou_o shall_v be_v perpetual_a darkness_n and_o desolation_n without_o the_o least_o comfort_n jer._n 25.10_o and_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o bridegroom_n and_o of_o the_o bride_n shall_v be_v hear_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e_fw-la thy_o polity_n and_o society_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o propagate_v but_o shall_v utter_o cease_v together_o with_o all_o the_o joy_n of_o thy_o former_a solemnity_n and_o festivity_n jerem._n 7_o 34.16_o 9_o and_o all_o this_o shall_v come_v upon_o thou_o for_o or_o because_o thy_o merchant_n who_o proselyrted_a soul_n to_o their_o destruction_n and_o make_v gain_n of_o godliness_n be_v the_o great_a 21_o man_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n be_v lordly_a worldly_a ambitious_a and_o sensual_a and_o also_o because_o or_o for_o by_o thy_o sorcery_n i._n e._n idolatry_n and_o superstition_n be_v all_o nation_n deceive_v 21_o see_v on_o chap._n 6.15_o it_o be_v a_o expression_n take_v from_o isa_n 23.8_o where_o it_o relate_v to_o the_o merchant_n of_o tyre_n a_o crown_n or_o imperial_a city_n and_o a_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n who_o worldly_a and_o ambitious_a clergy_n be_v here_o signify_v 24_o and_o in_o she_o be_v also_o find_v the_o guilt_n of_o the_o blood_n of_o prophet_n or_o witness_n and_o of_o saint_n or_o holy_a person_n and_o of_o all_o 22_o that_o be_v slay_v upon_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n she_o be_v find_v guilty_a of_o persecution_n and_o bloodshed_n as_o well_o as_o idolatry_n and_o all_o which_o have_v be_v shed_v during_o the_o time_n of_o christianity_n be_v lay_v to_o her_o charge_n because_o she_o be_v the_o offspring_n of_o persecute_v parent_n have_v approve_v her_o forefather_n wicked_a deed_n and_o have_v fill_v up_o the_o measure_n of_o their_o iniquity_n jerem._n 2.34_o matth_n 23.29_o 39_o 22_o this_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v in_o the_o sense_n our_o saviour_n use_v the_o like_a expression_n concern_v jerusalem_n upon_o who_o he_o charge_v all_o the_o blood_n that_o have_v be_v spill_v from_o abel_n matth._n 23_o 29-39_a see_v also_o zech._n 5_o 5-11_a where_o the_o land_n of_o shinar_n or_o babylon_n be_v represent_v as_o have_v the_o house_n and_o basis_n or_o foundation_n of_o all_o wickedness_n in_o it_o as_o if_o she_o have_v be_v guilty_a of_o all_o manner_n of_o sin_n and_o all_o sinner_n be_v to_o be_v punish_v in_o the_o lake_n of_o her_o burn_n see_v note_v 19_o chap._n xix_o the_o text._n 1_o and_z after_z 1_o these_o thing_n i.e._n the_o thing_n see_v in_o the_o precedent_a chapter_n i_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n of_o much_o people_n in_o heaven_n i._n e._n of_o the_o innumerable_a company_n which_o stand_v before_o the_o throne_n and_o before_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 7.9_o saying_n 2_o alleluja_n i._n e._n praise_v you_o the_o lord_n salvation_n from_o all_o evil_n especial_o those_o suffer_v under_o antichristianity_n and_o glory_n and_o honour_n and_o power_n be_v ascribe_v unto_o the_o lord_n our_o god_n be_v to_o he_o alone_o for_o he_o be_v the_o sole_a author_n of_o all_o good_a annotation_n on_o chap._n xix_o 1_o from_o the_o first_o to_o the_o ten_o verse_n there_o be_v a_o vision_n of_o a_o triumphant_a and_o joyful_a appearance_n in_o heaven_n for_o the_o judgement_n upon_o the_o great_a whore_n describe_v in_o the_o two_o precede_a chapter_n and_o for_o the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o near_a approach_n of_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n 2_o this_o word_n be_v first_o use_v psalm_n 104.35_o to_o express_v the_o psalmist_n joy_n upon_o the_o prospect_n of_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o his_o prediction_n or_o desire_v that_o sinner_n may_v be_v consume_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o be_v here_o also_o make_v use_n of_o according_o upon_o the_o judgement_n execute_v upon_o antichrist_n god_n chief_a enemy_n and_o upon_o a_o prospect_n of_o the_o old_a earth_n be_v utter_o consume_v together_o with_o the_o wicked_a people_n of_o it_o and_o a_o new_a earth_n succeed_a in_o its_o place_n 2_o for_o true_a and_o righteous_a be_v his_o judgement_n and_o therefore_o be_v he_o to_o be_v praise_v for_o he_o have_v judge_v and_o punish_v the_o great_a whore_n or_o the_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n which_o do_v corrupt_v and_o destroy_v jerem._n 51.25_o the_o earth_n with_o her_o fornication_n or_o idolatry_n and_o have_v avenge_v the_o blood_n of_o her_o servant_n at_o her_o hand_n i._n e._n have_v reward_v she_o abundant_o according_a to_o her_o demerit_n for_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o his_o faithful_a witness_n and_o servant_n chap_n 18._o 20._o 3_o and_o again_o or_o the_o second_o time_n they_o say_v alleluja_n to_o testify_v their_o joy_n upon_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o smoke_n the_o sign_n and_o token_n of_o her_o everlasting_a burn_n and_o her_o smoke_n rise_v up_o or_o be_v then_o in_o its_o ascent_n and_o that_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o i.e._n she_o be_v punish_v with_o a_o everlasting_a destruction_n 4_o and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n 3_o and_o the_o beast_n i_o e._n the_o representative_n of_o the_o jewish_a and_o christian_a church_n chap._n 4._o fall_v down_o and_o worship_v god_n that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n say_v amen_o allelujah_o i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o very_a great_a appearance_n and_o manifestation_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n and_o the_o justice_n of_o god_n judgement_n be_v acknowledge_v with_o praise_n and_o thanksgiving_n 3_o the_o elder_n of_o the_o church_n of_o israel_n be_v place_v first_o in_o this_o appearance_n of_o the_o divine_a confessus_fw-la or_o sanhedrim_n from_o whence_o it_o may_v be_v conclude_v that_o this_o be_v a_o vision_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem-state_n in_o which_o the_o israelite_n as_o the_o first_o bear_v be_v to_o have_v the_o pre-eminence_n who_o according_a to_o all_o prophecy_n and_o rom._n 11._o be_v to_o be_v convert_v and_o restore_v to_o their_o own_o land_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v and_o perhaps_o for_o this_o reason_n also_o be_v the_o hebrew_n word_n allelujah_o here_o retain_v 5_o and_o a_o voice_n 4_o come_v out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o throne_n from_o christ_n see_v chap._n 5_o 6._o 7_o 17._o say_n by_o way_n of_o holy_a excitement_n and_o encouragement_n praise_v our_o god_n my_o god_n as_o well_o as_o you_o john_n 20.17_o rev._n 3.12_o all_o you_o his_o servant_n and_o you_o that_o fear_v and_o worship_n he_o both_o small_a and_o great_a i._n e._n of_o whatsoever_o nation_n quality_n and_o condition_n you_o be_v for_o god_n be_v no_o respecter_n of_o person_n psalm_n 115.11_o 13._o act_n 2_o 5.10_o 34_o 35._o gal._n 3.28_o 4_o this_o voice_n seem_v to_o be_v a_o heavenly_a excitement_n to_o all_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n gentiles_n and_o jew_n small_a and_o great_a of_o all_o nation_n now_o convert_v to_o join_v with_o the_o heavenly_a assembly_n in_o render_v praise_n to_o god_n 6_o and_o immediate_o upon_o this_o efficacious_a exhortation_n from_o out_o of_o the_o throne_n i_o hear_v as_o it_o be_v the_o voice_n of_o a_o great_a multitude_n and_o as_o the_o voice_n of_o many_o water_n and_o as_o the_o voice_n of_o mighty_a thundering_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o mighty_a appearance_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o powerful_a communication_n from_o the_o heavenly_a throne_n to_o all_o his_o servant_n upon_o earth_n that_o fear_v he_o and_o heaven_n and_o earth_n join_v in_o praise_n saying_n alleluja_n for_o the_o lord_n 5_o god_n omnipotent_a now_o reign_v and_o that_o glorious_o isa_n 4.23_o 5_o these_o word_n be_v take_v from_o isaiah_n 24_o 21-23_a where_o it_o be_v prophesy_v that_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o host_n or_o the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a shall_v reign_v in_o mount_n zion_n and_o in_o jerusalem_n and_o before_o his_o ancient_n or_o elder_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n and_o that_o glorious_o after_o he_o have_v punish_v and_o shut_v up_o in_o prison_n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v a_o clear_a proof_n that_o the_o reign_n of_o god_n here_o mention_v have_v a_o respect_n to_o the_o reign_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n after_o the_o punishment_n of_o the_o wicked_a king_n and_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 20._o 7_o let_v we_o be_v glad_a and_o rejoice_v exceed_o and_o give_v honour_v or_o praise_n luke_n 17.18_o to_o he_o alone_a for_o the_o marriage_n 6_o of_o the_o lamb_n christ_n with_o his_o church_n 2._o cor._n 11.2_o eph._n 5.32_o be_v now_o actual_o come_v in_o and_o by_o the_o come_n of_o his_o kingdom_n psalm_n 45._o matt._n 22_o 11.25_o 1-13_a luke_n 12.36_o and_o his_o wife_n have_v make_v herself_o ready_a i._n e._n the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n be_v now_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n rev._n 21.2_o 6_o christ_n be_v represent_v frequent_o it_o frequent_o
to_o gather_v they_o together_o from_o all_o part_n to_o 28_o battle_n i._n e._n to_o oppose_v persecute_v and_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n upon_o earth_n the_o 29_o number_n of_o who_o be_v as_o the_o sand_n of_o the_o sea_n i._n e._n exceed_o great_a ezek_n 38.8_o 9_o 15_o 16._o 26_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 12._o 〈◊〉_d grot._n in_o matth._n 5_o 7._o eph._n 2.11_o 12._o that_o be_v gentile_n or_o alien_n from_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n banish_v as_o it_o be_v from_o that_o happy_a society_n into_o the_o four_o quarter_n or_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o live_v there_o as_o without_o god_n in_o the_o new_a world_n of_o the_o messiah_n believe_v indeed_o but_o as_o the_o devil_n do_v with_o tremble_v which_o be_v a_o spiritual_a death_n who_o be_v typify_v by_o the_o hamonah_n and_o multitude_n of_o nation_n ezek._n 38_o 8_o 9_o 15_o 16.39_o 11_o 16._o who_o be_v to_o come_v up_o against_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n after_o the_o resurrection_n conversion_n and_o return_v of_o the_o jew_n and_o their_o union_n with_o the_o gentile_n into_o one_o church_n as_o appear_v from_o ezek._n chapter_n 36_o 37_o 38_o 39_o now_o whatsoever_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o nation_n in_o ezekiel_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o in_o this_o place_n they_o can_v be_v no_o other_o than_o some_o of_o those_o to_o who_o the_o thousand_o year_n be_v here_o assign_v who_o be_v the_o whole_a of_o mankind_n and_o see_v that_o it_o can_v be_v suppose_v that_o the_o saint_n of_o any_o kind_n can_v be_v possible_o engage_v in_o such_o a_o design_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o be_v the_o save_v and_o heal_v the_o live_n the_o son_n and_o partaker_n of_o the_o first_o resurrection_n and_o secure_v by_o christ_n the_o second_o adam_n in_o a_o state_n of_o righteousness_n who_o will_v lose_v none_o that_o be_v he_o as_o the_o first_o adam_n do_v it_o will_v follow_v that_o by_o these_o nation_n must_v be_v understand_v the_o remnant_n slay_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o dead_a who_o live_v not_o again_o or_o the_o dead-wicked_n raise_v to_o a_o state_n of_o condemnation_n and_o continue_v under_o the_o awe_n and_o terror_n of_o it_o during_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n who_o be_v now_o stir_v up_o by_o satan_n their_o head_n and_o ringleader_n to_o attack_v the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n who_o he_o think_v he_o may_v easy_o overcome_v now_o the_o more_o immediate_a presence_n and_o assistance_n of_o christ_n be_v withdraw_v from_o they_o and_o to_o this_o sense_n agree_v many_o expression_n in_o ezekiel_n who_o call_v they_o the_o multitude_n or_o nation_n of_o the_o dead_a chap._n 39_o 8-17_a and_o also_o the_o general_a scope_n of_o this_o chapter_n which_o have_v a_o relation_n as_o be_v grant_v by_o all_o interpreter_n to_o what_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o last_o judgement_n and_o the_o resurrection_n *_o in_o the_o four_o corner_n or_o angle_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n which_o be_v represent_v as_o a_o square_a city_n or_o camp_n without_o which_o as_o it_o be_v at_o the_o four_o angle_n and_o corner_n of_o it_o the_o wicked_a be_v place_v here_o and_o chap._n 22.15_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o custom_n among_o the_o jew_n of_o execute_v offender_n without_o the_o camp_n and_o city_n and_o of_o exclude_v and_o excommunicate_v all_o unclean_a person_n out_o of_o it_o numb_a 5_o 14_a heb._n 13.11_o 12_o 13._o 27_o this_o be_v a_o plain_a proof_n that_o these_o nation_n be_v typify_v by_o the_o multitude_n of_o the_o dead_a in_o ezekiel_n who_o call_v they_o gog_n and_o the_o land_n of_o magog_n by_o which_o the_o 41._o the_o ezek._n 32_o 26.38_o 15.39_o 2._o the_o mogul-tartar_n above_o the_o wall_n of_o china_n be_v call_v so_o by_o the_o arabian_a writer_n dr._n hyde_n epist_n de_fw-fr mensuris_fw-la sinens_fw-la see_v mr._n mede_n pag._n 574._o and_o ep._n 41._o northern_a and_o scythian_a nation_n be_v understand_v in_o scripture_n a_o type_n of_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n church_n and_o kingdom_n prophesy_v of_o in_o old_a time_n by_o the_o servant_n of_o god_n the_o prophet_n of_o israel_n under_o the_o name_n of_o such_o nation_n as_o be_v the_o chief_a enemy_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o the_o particular_a time_n of_o each_o prophet_n ezek._n 38.17_o so_o that_o gog_n and_o magog_n seem_v to_o denote_v the_o whole_a multitude_n of_o god_n enemy_n in_o each_o age_n which_o admirable_o agree_v with_o what_o have_v be_v discourse_v already_o to_o wit_n that_o these_o nation_n be_v the_o wicked_a dead_a of_o every_o age_n of_o the_o world_n raise_v to_o condemnation_n 29_o this_o battle_n be_v distinct_a from_o that_o at_o armageddon_n which_o be_v before_o the_o thousand_o year_n neither_o will_v it_o appear_v incredible_a that_o the_o fall_v angel_n and_o the_o damn_a shall_v again_o attempt_v such_o a_o design_n and_o that_o after_o they_o have_v experience_v the_o power_n of_o christ_n wrath_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n if_o we_o consider_v that_o the_o devil_n retain_v the_o same_o enmity_n against_o god_n notwithstanding_o their_o many_o age_n of_o punishment_n and_o their_o expectation_n of_o a_o eternal_a doom_n and_o that_o this_o attempt_n be_v under_o the_o wise_a permission_n and_o order_n of_o almighty_a god_n at_o a_o time_n when_o his_o more_o immediate_a glorious_a presence_n be_v withdraw_v from_o the_o new_a earth_n of_o his_o saint_n and_o the_o laodicean_n state_n of_o coldness_n and_o indifferency_n to_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n begin_v for_o the_o wicked_a nation_n as_o they_o go_v down_o to_o hell_n according_a to_o the_o expression_n of_o ezekiel_n chap._n 32.26_o 27._o with_o their_o weapon_n of_o war_n that_o be_v with_o the_o same_o enmity_n to_o christ_n in_o which_o they_o live_v and_o lay_v their_o sword_n under_o their_o head_n in_o a_o readiness_n to_o act_v the_o same_o wickedness_n over_o again_o so_o be_v they_o raise_v with_o the_o same_o passion_n only_o the_o more_o enrage_a for_o their_o punishment_n and_o may_v very_o well_o be_v suppose_v out_o of_o envy_n and_o revenge_n for_o their_o long_a confinement_n under_o a_o state_n of_o punishment_n and_o infamy_n to_o engage_v in_o this_o attempt_n 29_o although_o the_o number_n of_o the_o wicked_a who_o shall_v be_v raise_v to_o condemnation_n will_v be_v very_o great_a yet_o there_o will_v not_o be_v any_o inconvenience_n to_o our_o assertion_n from_o thence_o as_o if_o the_o earth_n will_v be_v encumber_v with_o so_o vast_a a_o number_n of_o wicked_a person_n because_o no_o very_a great_a space_n will_v be_v require_v for_o their_o confinement_n if_o that_o be_v true_a which_o be_v assert_v by_o sir_n william_n london_n william_n see_v his_o essay_n in_o political_a arithmetic_n concern_v the_o growth_n of_o the_o city_n of_o london_n petty_a that_o half_o the_o island_n of_o ireland_n will_v afford_v not_o only_o foot_v to_o stand_v upon_o but_o grave_n to_o lie_v down_o in_o for_o the_o whole_a number_n of_o man_n now_o live_v and_o also_o for_o those_o that_o have_v die_v since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n to_o which_o may_v be_v add_v that_o their_o body_n shall_v be_v spiritual_a they_o be_v to_o partake_v of_o the_o spirituality_n of_o the_o resurrection_n although_o not_o of_o the_o purity_n and_o blessedness_n of_o it_o 9_o and_o they_o go_v up_o in_o battle_n array_n 1_o king_n 10.1_o from_o the_o quarter_n and_o corner_n to_o which_o they_o be_v confine_v on_o the_o breadth_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n to_o assault_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n which_o have_v spread_v itself_o over_o the_o whole_a earth_n isa_n 8_o 8.49_o 6._o psalm_n 72.8_o and_o compass_a or_o besiege_a the_o camp_n 30_o of_o the_o saint_n who_o reign_v with_o christ_n verse_n 6._o and_o the_o 31_o belove_a city_n i._n e._n they_o endeavour_v to_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n on_o earth_n see_v on_o chap._n 21.2_o 3._o and_o 32_o or_o but_o fire_v come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n and_o devour_v they_o i._n e._n they_o be_v sudden_o and_o miraculous_o discomfit_v by_o god_n and_o most_o severe_a judgement_n be_v inflict_v upon_o they_o by_o god_n fiery_a wrath_n and_o indignation_n ezek._n 38.22_o 23.39_o 6_o 9_o 10._o 30_o a_o metaphor_n from_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o israelite_n in_o the_o wilderness_n a_o type_n of_o the_o church_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n see_v ainsworth_n on_o numb_a 2.27_o 31_o jerusalem_n be_v call_v god_n belove_v psalm_n 60_o 5.108_o 6._o which_o be_v a_o type_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n the_o holy_a city_n the_o bride_n and_o belove_v of_o her_o husband_n chap._n 21._o 32_o the_o israelite_n be_v represent_v by_o ezekiel_n chap._n 38.11_o as_o live_v in_o unwall_v village_n without_o bar_n and_o gate_n
dwell_v what_o more_o grateful_a entertainment_n for_o a_o ingenious_a mind_n than_o to_o have_v a_o prospect_n of_o all_o the_o great_a transaction_n of_o the_o world_n since_o christ_n resurrection_n represent_v as_o in_o scene_n shift_v by_o the_o ministry_n of_o angel_n at_o each_o great_a change_n upon_o the_o stage_n of_o this_o world_n for_o this_o book_n be_v a_o divine_a drama_n full_a of_o holy_a art_n and_o sacred_a ornament_n take_v from_o prophetic_a symbol_n and_o eastern_a hieroglyphic_n into_o which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n have_v transfer_v most_o of_o the_o beauty_n excellency_n and_o magnificence_n of_o the_o old_a testaman_n and_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o type_n and_o figure_n of_o the_o law_n the_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v the_o true_a tabernacle_n of_o which_o moses_n see_v the_o pattern_n in_o the_o mount_n and_o the_o art_n observe_v in_o it_o be_v very_o admirable_a and_o much_o like_o that_o of_o a_o true_a and_o just_a poem_n the_o design_n of_o it_o be_v one_o great_a action_n viz._n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o which_o all_o the_o lesser_a action_n be_v subservient_fw-fr as_o to_o one_o great_a end_n which_o be_v carry_v on_o after_o a_o delightful_a as_o well_o as_o a_o instructive_a manner_n by_o description_n narration_n a_o chorus_n of_o angel_n and_o bless_a spirit_n and_o by_o christ_n himself_o speak_v on_o great_a occasion_n as_o by_o so_o many_o episodical_a ornament_n and_o may_v god_n inspire_v some_o pious_a and_o devout_a soul_n with_o a_o poetical_a spirit_n suitable_a to_o the_o greatne_v of_o the_o subject_a with_o a_o spirit_n like_o that_o which_o come_v from_o he_o upon_o his_o servant_n david_n and_o solomon_n when_o in_o divine_a rapture_n they_o set_v forth_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o kingdom_n for_o the_o subject_a well_o deserve_v a_o inspire_a pen_n and_o will_v outlive_v all_o which_o have_v be_v hitherto_o undertake_v as_o afford_v the_o most_o proper_a matter_n for_o the_o devotion_n and_o contemplation_n of_o the_o new_a world_n and_o therefore_o may_v be_v just_o recommend_v to_o all_o ingenious_a person_n as_o worthy_a their_o most_o serious_a thought_n and_o pious_a meditation_n ribera_n a_o learned_a romanist_n resemble_v this_o prophecy_n to_o a_o vast_a ocean_n full_a of_o deep_a gulf_n receive_v and_o swallow_v up_o all_o human_a wisdom_n and_o the_o metaphor_n although_o something_o bold_a have_v much_o of_o truth_n in_o it_o there_o be_v few_o of_o the_o liberal_a art_n and_o science_n which_o the_o eternal_a word_n the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n have_v not_o make_v use_n of_o in_o it_o to_o exercise_v the_o understanding_n of_o those_o who_o have_v spiritual_a wisdom_n and_o to_o confound_v the_o wisdom_n of_o those_o who_o be_v wise_a in_o their_o own_o conceit_n here_o the_o sacred_a orator_n may_v find_v the_o most_o magnificent_a idea_n of_o divine_a thing_n and_o the_o most_o lively_a image_n of_o what_o can_v most_o effectual_o raise_v admiration_n love_n and_o fear_v the_o most_o prevail_a passion_n of_o mankind_n viz._n the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o the_o horror_n and_o dread_n of_o the_o punishment_n denounce_v and_o execute_v in_o it_o and_o all_o this_o express_v in_o a_o style_n syn._n style_n stylus_fw-la five_o structura_fw-la orationis_fw-la qualis_fw-la nunquam_fw-la à _fw-la mortalibus_fw-la usurpata_fw-la fuit_fw-la nec_fw-la apud_fw-la quenquam_fw-la humanum_fw-la auctorem_fw-la extat_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d hic_fw-la vides_fw-la non_fw-la humanam_fw-la cotton_n apud_fw-la poli_fw-fr syn._n more_o than_o human_a whereby_o some_o of_o the_o wise_a and_o best_a of_o all_o age_n have_v be_v induce_v to_o search_v into_o it_o for_o the_o providential_a fate_n of_o god_n church_n and_o to_o admire_v and_o acknowledge_v its_o profound_a depth_n and_o divine_a authority_n as_o that_o great_a critic_n 7.25_o critic_n euseb_n hist_o eccles_n 7.25_o dionysius_n alexandrinus_n do_v even_o when_o they_o profess_v that_o they_o can_v not_o fathom_v the_o meaning_n of_o it_o which_o be_v no_o slight_a argument_n of_o the_o peculiar_a majesty_n and_o excellen_n of_o this_o book_n neither_o let_v nice_a wit_n be_v offend_v at_o the_o paronomastical_a allusion_n may_v he_o find_v in_o it_o for_o they_o be_v frequent_a in_o 3._o in_o vid._n maimonid_o dust_n dubit_fw-la 2.43_o gen_n 9_o 27.49_o 8_o 16_o 19_o jerem._n 1.11_o 12._o dan._n 5.25_o 29._o zephan_n 2.4_o and_o the_o note_n on_o chap._n 2._o 1_o 3._o scripture_n as_o they_o know_v who_o have_v skill_n in_o the_o original_a language_n and_o be_v much_o in_o use_n in_o the_o eastern_a nation_n those_o who_o have_v skill_n in_o history_n and_o chronology_n may_v here_o exercise_v it_o with_o great_a delight_n and_o satisfaction_n and_o every_o mind_n that_o have_v wisdom_n whether_o it_o be_v in_o number_n geometry_n architecture_n colour_n precious_a stone_n meteor_n or_o any_o other_o part_n of_o knowledge_n here_o hint_v at_o or_o allude_v to_o ought_v to_o contribute_v their_o skill_n to_o it_o for_o unite_a endeavour_n best_o promote_v knowledge_n and_o god_n himself_o usual_o join_v 12.8_o join_v exod._n 31.2_o 3_o 6._o 36_o 1_o 2._o eccles_n 4.9_o mark_v 6.7_o 1_o cor._n 12.8_o many_o together_o two_o at_o least_o in_o every_o great_a and_o weighty_a work_n he_o give_v aholiab_n to_o bezaleel_n join_v aaron_n to_o moses_n and_o christ_n send_v forth_o his_o disciple_n by_o two_o and_o two_o and_o raise_v up_o two_o witness_n to_o testify_v to_o the_o truth_n of_o this_o prophecy_n and_o therefore_o i_o can_v but_o earnest_o entreat_v all_o that_o be_v wisehearted_a in_o who_o heart_n god_n have_v put_v wisdom_n and_o skill_n in_o art_n for_o they_o be_v from_o he_o and_o may_v thereby_o be_v sanctify_v to_o stir_v up_o the_o gift_n which_o be_v in_o they_o and_o to_o join_v hearty_o and_o unanimous_o together_o for_o the_o service_n of_o the_o approach_a sanctuary_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n for_o the_o work_n have_v be_v long_o retard_v by_o the_o noise_n of_o 6.7_o of_o 1_o king_n 6.7_o axe_n and_o hammer_n that_o be_v by_o division_n and_o contention_n among_o christian_n which_o ought_v not_o to_o be_v hear_v in_o the_o building_n of_o god_n house_n whatsoever_o have_v be_v hitherto_o permit_v under_o imperfect_a and_o low_a dispensation_n but_o further_a if_o the_o hypothesis_n here_o advance_v prove_v true_a and_o this_o book_n be_v find_v to_o contain_v the_o great_a event_n belong_v to_o the_o christian_a church_n from_o the_o reformation_n to_o the_o end_n of_o time_n and_o to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n as_o they_o have_v a_o relation_n to_o it_o will_v it_o not_o afford_v a_o most_o cogent_a and_o most_o illustrious_a proof_n for_o the_o be_v of_o a_o god_n and_o a_o providence_n and_o for_o the_o divine_a authority_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o most_o effectual_o silence_v the_o little_a and_o unreasonable_a cavil_n of_o atheist_n and_o antiscripturist_n for_o how_o can_v so_o long_a a_o series_n and_o so_o great_a a_o variety_n of_o event_n depend_v on_o rational_a instrument_n and_o free_a agent_n seem_o independent_a on_o each_o other_o and_o yet_o all_o tend_v to_o one_o end_v be_v reveal_v so_o long_o before_o their_o accomplishment_n but_o by_o one_o infinite_a mind_n or_o understanding_n comprehend_v all_o thing_n at_o one_o view_n and_o overrule_a and_o conduct_v they_o all_o to_o one_o end_v what_o but_o infinite_a mind_n and_o wisdom_n can_v foresee_v and_o so_o exact_o describe_v the_o orderly_a 6._o orderly_a see_v chap._n 6._o succession_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n by_o the_o very_a particular_a country_n from_o which_o they_o come_v and_o the_o great_a occurrence_n which_o happen_v under_o they_o or_o so_o exact_o 9-17_a exact_o see_v chap._n 2_o 10_o 6_o 9-17_a foretell_v the_o very_a period_n of_o the_o persecution_n under_o dioclesian_n and_o at_o so_o long_a a_o distance_n show_v the_o soul_n of_o the_o martyr_n under_o the_o altar_n and_o the_o fatal_a overthrow_n of_o paganism_n what_o else_o but_o the_o eternal_a knowledge_n can_v foretell_v and_o that_o so_o particular_o in_o exact_a agreement_n with_o all_o history_n the_o destruction_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o the_o 8._o the_o see_v chap_n 8._o various_a fate_n of_o rome_n so_o often_o take_v and_o retake_v so_o often_o burn_v and_o yet_o not_o utter_o consume_v what_o else_o but_o wisdom_n itself_o can_v so_o lively_o 9_o lively_o see_v chap._n 9_o represent_v the_o innumerable_a swarm_n of_o torment_a saracen_n the_o locust_n and_o scorpion_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o the_o mighty_a inroad_n of_o the_o turkish_a cavalry_n pass_v the_o river_n euphrates_n and_o foretell_v the_o very_a manner_n and_o precise_a time_n of_o their_o take_n constantinople_n which_o can_v therefore_o be_v the_o belove_a city_n as_o dr._n hammond_n suppose_v in_o agreement_n with_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o
shall_v not_o be_v hurt_v of_o the_o second_o death_n but_o shall_v escape_v it_o rev._n 20.6_o 12_o and_o to_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o church_n in_o pergamos_n 26_o write_v these_o thing_n say_v he_o who_o have_v the_o sharp_a 27_o sword_n of_o the_o word_n and_o the_o spirit_n with_o two_o edge_n to_o inflict_v severe_a and_o sharp_a judgement_n chap._n 1.16_o 26_o pergamos_n be_v distant_a from_o smyrna_n northwards_o about_o five_o hundred_o and_o forty_o furlong_n and_o there_o be_v in_o it_o now_o but_o a_o few_o family_n of_o miserable_a christian_n and_o but_o one_o church_n although_o it_o be_v ancient_o the_o most_o famous_a and_o chief_a city_n of_o asia_n the_o less_o have_v be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o attalidae_n who_o be_v rich_a and_o potent_a king_n and_o of_o the_o roman_a proconsul_n for_o which_o reason_n as_o well_o as_o in_o allusion_n to_o its_o name_n it_o may_v be_v put_v to_o denote_v here_o the_o exalt_a state_n of_o the_o church_n high_a and_o lofty_a fabric_n and_o thing_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d by_o the_o asiatic_n and_o because_o of_o its_o locum_fw-la its_o andr._n caesar_n in_o locum_fw-la excessive_a idolatry_n it_o be_v a_o fit_a type_n of_o the_o apostate_n state_n of_o this_o succession_n in_o which_o the_o apostasy_n be_v exalt_v to_o a_o throne_n 27_o corruption_n daily_a increase_n under_o this_o state_n the_o styleis_n here_o change_v and_o christ_n be_v represent_v with_o a_o sharp_a sword_n in_o his_o hand_n 13_o i_o know_v thy_o good_a work_v and_o where_o thou_o dwell_v even_o where_o satan_n 28_o seat_n or_o throne_n be_v i._n e._n under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n and_o i_o know_v that_o nevertheless_o thou_o hold_v fast_o or_o retaine_v the_o profession_n of_o my_o name_n and_o have_v not_o renounce_v it_o by_o become_v antichristian_a and_o haste_v not_o deny_v my_o faith_n or_o gospel_n no_o not_o even_o in_o those_o day_n or_o time_n of_o darkness_n and_o cruelty_n wherein_o antipas_n 29_o i._n e._n the_o opposer_n of_o popery_n be_v my_o faithful_a martyr_n or_o witness_n who_o be_v flain_v by_o decree_n anathemas_n and_o frequent_a death_n among_o you_o or_o under_o your_o jurisdiction_n where_o satan_n or_o antichrist_n dwell_v or_o have_v his_o constant_a residence_n in_o great_a state_n and_o power_n 2_o thes_n 2.4_o 9_o 28_o the_o apostasy_n be_v now_o call_v satan_n seat_n or_o throne_n because_o that_o upon_o the_o church_n exaltation_n under_o the_o christian_a emperor_n a_o worldly_a kingdom_n and_o a_o paganize_a christianity_n arise_v by_o degree_n especial_o at_o rome_n to_o such_o a_o height_n that_o it_o become_v at_o last_o to_o have_v a_o supremacy_n or_o a_o throne_n in_o it_o to_o which_o satan_n power_n in_o this_o world_n be_v liken_v in_o scripture_n viz._n isa_n 14_o 12-14_a luke_n 10.18_o john_n 12.31_o with_o which_o the_o history_n of_o those_o time_n agree_v it_o be_v evident_a that_o from_o about_o the_o year_n 400._o and_o odd_a the_o precise_a year_n i_o shall_v endeavour_v to_o determine_v hereafter_o when_o satan_n synagogue_n seem_v to_o have_v arrive_v to_o its_o maturity_n that_o the_o apostasy_n daily_o increase_v chief_o upon_o the_o growth_n of_o the_o papacy_n which_o come_v to_o have_v a_o throne_n about_o the_o year_n 606_o when_o boniface_n the_o three_o usurp_v the_o title_n of_o universal_a bishop_n 29_o there_o may_v have_v be_v perhaps_o a_o martyr_n of_o this_o name_n at_o pergamus_n although_o the_o story_n of_o he_o relate_v in_o the_o greek_a menology_n be_v vehement_o to_o be_v suspect_v as_o grotius_n have_v well_o note_v a_o brazen_a bull_n be_v not_o a_o punishment_n among_o the_o roman_n who_o law_n be_v then_o observe_v at_o pergamus_n and_o the_o relation_n of_o those_o early_a martyrdom_n be_v just_o call_v in_o question_n by_o some_o of_o the_o learn_a man_n of_o the_o romish_a church_n but_o howsoever_o the_o name_n make_v use_v of_o in_o this_o book_n have_v constant_o a_o mystical_a signification_n this_o also_o must_v be_v understand_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n and_o it_o will_v then_o plain_o denote_v the_o opposer_n of_o the_o pope_n that_o be_v by_o a_o figure_n usual_a in_o this_o prophecy_n the_o whole_a body_n or_o succession_n of_o those_o who_o during_o this_o period_n witness_v against_o the_o apostasy_n of_o that_o see_v a_o catalogue_n of_o who_o you_o may_v find_v in_o illyricus_n usher_n and_o other_o author_n for_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v against_o or_o contrary_a and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v the_o old_a word_n for_o father_n from_o whence_o by_o a_o reduplication_n of_o letter_n come_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v pope_n or_o holy_a father_n for_o which_o consult_v what_o be_v say_v by_o the_o etymoligist_n out_o of_o eustathius_n and_o the_o word_n antipas_n be_v make_v use_n of_o and_o not_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d because_o this_o be_v a_o common_a name_n which_o the_o other_o be_v not_o and_o because_o those_o name_n will_v have_v give_v a_o too_o open_a intimation_n of_o the_o mystery_n design_v design_v by_o they_o contrary_a to_o the_o holy_a secrecy_n and_o reserve_v usual_o observe_v in_o this_o prophecy_n 14_o but_o yet_o i_o have_v a_o few_o or_o some_o little_a small_a thing_n to_o object_v against_o thou_o because_o thou_o have_v 30_o there_o where_o thou_o dwell_v and_o among_o you_o they_o or_o a_o prevail_a party_n that_o hold_v profess_v and_o practice_v the_o doctrine_n precept_n and_o counsel_n of_o 31_o balaam_n i._n e._n the_o false_a antichristian_a prophet_n who_o teach_v balack_n i._n e._n the_o prince_n subject_n to_o antichrist_n to_o cast_v a_o stumbling-block_n or_o a_o occasion_n to_o commit_v sin_n before_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n that_o be_v the_o christian_n of_o that_o age_n the_o spiritual_a israel_n to_o *_o eat_n thing_n sacrifice_v unto_o idol_n and_o to_o commit_v spiritual_a fornication_n which_o be_v idolatry_n 30_o although_o the_o apostate_n church_n have_v the_o throne_n that_o be_v the_o antichristian_a power_n and_o pre-eminence_n yet_o the_o pure_a church-state_n be_v here_o blame_v for_o have_v they_o or_o that_o prevail_a party_n among_o they_o although_o they_o can_v not_o help_v it_o because_o that_o it_o have_v not_o arrive_v to_o that_o perfection_n of_o gift_n and_o grace_n as_o must_v necessary_o have_v cast_v out_o the_o corrupt_a party_n by_o its_o power_n and_o efficacy_n thus_o the_o apostle_n blame_v the_o corinthian_n 1_o cor._n 5._o and_o 2_o cor._n 7._o that_o they_o have_v not_o mourn_v that_o the_o incestuous_a person_n may_v be_v cast_v out_o from_o among_o they_o and_o for_o want_v of_o vehement_a affection_n of_o godly_a sorrow_n desire_n revenge_n etc._n etc._n by_o which_o alone_o they_o can_v approve_v and_o clear_v themselves_o in_o that_o matter_n 31_o concern_v this_o wicked_a advice_n of_o balaam_n who_o counsel_v balack_n to_o draw_v the_o israelite_n to_o idolatry_n by_o entice_v they_o with_o the_o conversation_n of_o strange_a woman_n you_o may_v read_v the_o 22d_o 23d_o 24_o 25_o chapter_n of_o number_n and_o the_o 16_o verse_n of_o the_o 31st_o as_o also_o micah_n 6.5_o 2_o pet._n 2.15_o and_o judas_n 11._o together_o with_o the_o expositor_n on_o those_o place_n whereby_o be_v plain_o signify_v the_o wicked_a counsel_n of_o the_o antichristian_a party_n especial_o of_o the_o papacy_n which_o like_o balaam_n pretend_v to_o prophecy_n and_o infallibility_n whereby_o the_o secular_a power_n represent_v by_o king_n balack_n be_v persuade_v to_o entice_v the_o people_n to_o idolatry_n by_o worship_v bread_n and_o saint_n and_o image_n so_o that_o this_o period_n comprehend_v the_o time_n in_o which_o these_o doctrine_n be_v controvert_v and_o at_o last_o impose_v and_o seem_v to_o reach_v until_o about_o the_o year_n 1100._o when_v antipas_n or_o the_o faithful_a witness_n against_o these_o and_o other_o error_n which_o have_v be_v before_o slay_v by_o the_o anathemas_n of_o several_a council_n and_o lay_v most_o conceal_v and_o hide_v within_o the_o apostate_n church_n begin_v to_o unite_v into_o a_o open_a and_o visible_a body_n and_o to_o appear_v under_o the_o name_n of_o the_o waldenses_n and_o albigenses_n in_o a_o more_o direct_a opposition_n to_o that_o satanical_a or_o antichristian_a authority_n which_o have_v hitherto_o overpower_v they_o upon_o which_o as_o history_n testify_v vast_a number_n of_o all_o rank_n and_o quality_n unite_v themselves_o unto_o they_o *_o to_o eat_v thing_n sacrifice_v unto_o idol_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o apostle_n discourse_v 1_o cor._n 8._o and_o 12._o be_v account_v by_o the_o corinthian_n no_o fault_n and_o be_v defend_v by_o they_o as_o grotius_n note_v upon_o the_o place_n by_o very_o subtle_a distinction_n not_o
full_a glory_n may_v be_v understand_v by_o the_o bright_a morningstar_n and_o therefore_o by_o the_o morningstar_n in_o this_o place_n be_v understand_v the_o remnant_n or_o the_o rest_n of_o this_o succession_n which_o shall_v last_v until_o the_o succession_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n begin_v and_o who_o shall_v as_o the_o morningstar_n rise_v before_o the_o sun_n give_v notice_n of_o his_o approach_n by_o some_o more_o than_o ordinary_a work_n and_o manifestation_n of_o it_o which_o we_o hope_v and_o pray_v that_o the_o lord_n will_v soon_o accomplish_v and_o if_o he_o have_v vouchsafe_v to_o his_o servant_n any_o knowledge_n of_o time_n and_o season_n it_o can_v be_v far_o off_o by_o raise_v the_o poor_a oppress_a church_n of_o the_o valley_n who_o be_v the_o morningstar_n or_o the_o first_o visible_a body_n of_o witness_n before_o the_o reformation_n and_o we_o hope_v will_v arise_v and_o that_o speedy_o before_o christ_n appearance_n in_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n for_o they_o have_v hitherto_o shine_v according_a to_o their_o own_o mysterious_a vaudois_n mysterious_a mr._n leger_n histoir_fw-fr des_fw-fr vaudois_n device_n which_o be_v a_o light_a taper_n in_o a_o candlestick_n environ_v with_o seven_o star_n in_o a_o dark_a place_n with_o this_o motto_n lux_fw-la lucet_fw-la in_o tenebris_fw-la amid_o the_o darkness_n of_o the_o apostasy_n and_o may_v christ_n give_v unto_o they_o and_o that_o quick_o the_o morningstar_n of_o his_o glorious_a presence_n amen_n amen_n come_v lord_n jesus_n come_v quick_o 29_o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n let_v he_o hear_v what_o the_o spirit_n say_v to_o the_o church_n i_o e._n this_o be_v a_o mysterious_a truth_n worthy_a the_o utmost_a consideration_n chap._n iii_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o unto_o the_o angel_n of_o the_o church_n in_o 1_o sardis_n write_v these_o thing_n say_v he_o that_o 2_o have_v the_o seven_o spirit_n of_o god_n see_v chap._n 1.4_o and_o the_o seven_o star_n chap._n 1.16_o and_o 2_o 1._o i_o know_v and_o observe_v thy_n work_v that_o thou_o have_v a_o name_n 3_o or_o a_o more_o than_o ordinary_a repute_n that_o thou_o live_v according_a to_o christ_n doctrine_n and_o be_v zealous_a in_o the_o outward_a profession_n of_o it_o 4_o and_o or_o but_o be_v indeed_o dead_a 5_o as_o to_o the_o perfect_a purity_n of_o religion_n and_o its_o life_n and_o power_n over_o thy_o faith_n and_o manner_n eph._n 2.1_o 1_o tim._n 5.6_o 2_o tim._n 3.5_o james_n 2.20_o annotation_n on_o chap._n iii_o 1_o sardes_n or_o sardis_n be_v distant_a about_o thirty_o three_o mile_n from_o thyatira_n southward_o it_o be_v ancient_o as_o appear_v by_o its_o ruin_n a_o magnificent_a splendid_a and_o proud_a city_n as_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o king_n croesus_n for_o which_o reason_n as_o well_o as_o from_o a_o allusion_n to_o the_o precious_a stone_n of_o that_o name_n which_o 37.8_o which_o hist_o lib._n 37.8_o pliny_n assert_n be_v call_v so_o from_o this_o place_n as_o be_v first_o find_v there_o it_o may_v typify_v a_o splendid_a and_o stately_a church-succession_n which_o have_v a_o name_n or_o a_o repute_n in_o the_o world_n it_o be_v now_o as_o the_o learned_a doctor_n 133._o doctor_n notit_fw-la septem_fw-la asiae_n eccles_n pag._n 133._o smith_n a_o eye-witness_n testify_v who_o can_v not_o but_o weep_v at_o the_o sight_n of_o it_o a_o most_o miserable_a village_n inhabit_v only_o by_o shepherd_n and_o herdsman_n and_o a_o few_o ignorant_a christian_n without_o church_n or_o priest_n whereby_o may_v be_v providential_o set_v forth_o the_o real_a deadness_n of_o this_o church-state_n and_o the_o desolation_n it_o be_v to_o suffer_v 2_o sardis_n be_v think_v to_o be_v the_o type_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o reformation_n under_o the_o favour_n and_o protection_n of_o reform_a prince_n in_o a_o condition_n of_o external_n splendour_n because_o 1._o it_o succeed_v that_o of_o thyatira_n which_o be_v the_o type_n of_o reform_a church_n under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o popish_a prince_n to_o which_o state_n the_o reformation_n succeed_v begin_v by_o luther_n a._n d._n 1517._o 2._o because_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v of_o balaam_n or_o jezebel_n or_o nicolaitism_n in_o this_o succession_n which_o show_v that_o they_o have_v escape_v from_o under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o apostasy_n typify_v by_o they_o 3._o because_o the_o same_o title_n be_v give_v to_o christ_n here_o as_o be_v make_v use_n of_o in_o the_o ephesine_fw-la succession_n the_o type_n of_o the_o apostolical_a church_n whereby_o seem_v to_o be_v intimate_v that_o the_o church_n begin_v now_o to_o be_v reform_v according_a to_o the_o first_o primitive_a and_o apostolical_a pattern_n only_o it_o be_v here_o remarkable_a that_o it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o christ_n hold_v the_o seven_o star_n in_o his_o right_a hand_n but_o bare_o that_o he_o have_v they_o to_o show_v perhaps_o by_o the_o omission_n of_o those_o remarkable_a word_n that_o they_o have_v depart_v from_o the_o true_a apostolical_a model_n which_o christ_n have_v or_o hold_v in_o his_o right_a hand_n that_o be_v have_v in_o great_a honour_n neither_o be_v this_o to_o be_v take_v for_o a_o groundless_a and_o a_o loose_a interpretation_n or_o a_o licentious_a fancy_n as_o dr._n hammond_n call_v the_o like_a conjecture_n of_o mr._n brightman_n see_v that_o in_o such_o a_o concise_a prophecy_n god_n who_o glory_n it_o be_v to_o conceal_v a_o thing_n prov._n 25.2_o have_v give_v we_o sometime_o but_o slender_a hint_n or_o intimation_n of_o great_a truth_n and_o that_o the_o addition_n or_o take_v away_o of_o but_o a_o letter_n in_o a_o name_n as_o in_o the_o name_n of_o abraham_n sarah_n and_o jeconiah_n for_o which_o see_v grotius_n on_o jerem._n 22.24_o be_v of_o great_a import_n in_o scripture_n and_o of_o how_o much_o great_a signification_n then_o may_v be_v the_o leave_v out_o so_o material_a a_o part_n of_o christ_n title_n in_o a_o prophecy_n so_o brief_a and_o mysterious_a 3_o from_o whence_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o church_n have_v a_o reputation_n in_o the_o world_n for_o its_o outward_a profession_n but_o be_v very_o much_o want_v in_o inward_a life_n truth_n and_o holiness_n 4_o so_o and_o frequent_o signify_v in_o scripture_n 5_o ephesus_z have_v only_o lose_v its_o first_o love_n but_o this_o church_n be_v real_o dead_a as_o to_o the_o true_a spirit_n and_o power_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o the_o perfect_a simplicity_n and_o purity_n of_o it_o 2_o be_v watchful_a in_o observe_v the_o time_n and_o season_n of_o christ_n come_n dan._n 12.12_o matth_n 24_o 42-51_a rev._n 16.15_o and_o strengthen_v or_o uphold_v and_o sustain_v the_o thing_n 6_o which_o remain_v i._n e._n the_o necessary_a truth_n which_o shall_v remain_v until_o christ_n come_v and_o which_o thou_o have_v keep_v entire_a but_o that_o be_v ready_a to_o die_v as_o to_o the_o power_n and_o life_n of_o they_o for_o i_o have_v not_o find_v thy_o work_n of_o reformation_n according_a to_o the_o gospel_n 7_o perfect_a before_o god_n so_o as_o to_o be_v able_a to_o stand_v before_o the_o glory_n of_o his_o kingdom_n when_o it_o shall_v begin_v to_o appear_v or_o to_o endure_v the_o severity_n of_o his_o trial_n whatsoever_o esteem_v they_o may_v have_v among_o man_n luke_n 16.15_o 6_o by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o the_o rest_n seem_v to_o be_v mean_v those_o necessary_a work_n and_o article_n of_o belief_n which_o they_o have_v keep_v alive_a or_o entire_a and_o be_v to_o remain_v during_o the_o follow_a succession_n of_o the_o church_n until_o christ_n come_v as_o be_v necessary_a truth_n which_o will_v endure_v trial_n and_o be_v essential_a to_o the_o be_v of_o it_o as_o a_o church_n in_o which_o sense_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v take_v in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d signify_v in_o author_n the_o remain_a or_o succeed_a part_n of_o the_o day_n 7_o fill_v up_o or_o complete_v as_o the_o rude_a lineament_n of_o a_o picture_n be_v say_v to_o be_v fill_v up_o by_o a_o painter_n when_o he_o come_v to_o draw_v it_o to_o the_o life_n see_v hammond_n on_o matth._n 5.17_o here_o this_o church_n be_v blame_v for_o not_o carry_v on_o the_o reformation_n to_o its_o utmost_a perfection_n and_o for_o suffer_v necessary_a truth_n to_o decay_v and_o be_v almost_o ready_a to_o die_v 3_o remember_v 8_o therefore_o how_o i._n e._n with_o what_o sincerity_n and_o zeal_n thou_o have_v receive_v and_o hear_o the_o doctrine_n of_o truth_n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o reformation_n and_o hold_v fast_v what_o thou_o do_v then_o receive_v and_o repent_v of_o thy_o deadness_n verse_n 1._o thy_o negligence_n and_o imperfection_n verse_n 2._o and_o thy_o departure_n from_o the_o principle_n thou_o have_v receive_v and_o hear_v if_o therefore_o thou_o shall_v not_o watch_v 9_o and_o wait_v for_o the_o
and_o know_v not_o such_o be_v the_o ignorance_n of_o man_n when_o leave_v to_o himself_o that_o thou_o be_v wretched_a or_o the_o wretched_a full_a of_o want_n and_o defect_n and_o miserable_a or_o the_o miserable_a in_o a_o helpless_a condition_n and_o poor_a in_o grace_n and_o glory_n and_o blind_o or_o ignorant_a see_v not_o thy_o want_n nor_o the_o remedy_n of_o they_o and_o naked_a or_o iâ—_n a_o shameful_a condition_n in_o respect_n of_o the_o former_a now_o the_o bride_n and_o her_o husband_n be_v retire_v and_o god_n dwell_v not_o with_o thou_o rev._n 20_o 11.21_o 2_o 3_o 4._o 39_o here_o be_v show_v the_o ground_n of_o their_o lukewarmness_n and_o the_o reason_n why_o christ_n will_v spew_v they_o out_o because_o they_o think_v that_o their_o present_a state_n be_v as_o glorious_a as_o their_o former_a and_o as_o much_o to_o be_v choose_v as_o that_o which_o have_v the_o full_a glory_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n 18_o and_o therefore_o i_o counsel_v thou_o out_o of_o my_o love_n to_o thou_o verse_n 19_o to_o buy_v or_o obtain_v and_o procure_v of_o i_o what_o i_o will_v free_o give_v thou_o if_o thou_o will_v be_v sensible_a of_o thy_o own_o unworthiness_n and_o inability_n of_o thyself_o to_o procure_v it_o isa_n 55.1_o 2._o gold_n try_v in_o the_o fire_n i._n e._n the_o most_o precious_a and_o most_o pure_a wisdom_n of_o my_o kingdom_n in_o heaven_n above_o prov._n 2_o 4.3_o 14._o zeck_n 13.9_o math._n 13.44_o 45_o 46._o 1_o pet._n 1.7_o that_o thou_o may_v be_v rich_a in_v good_a and_o perfect_a work_n before_o god_n luke_n 12.21_o 1_o tim._n 6.17_o 18._o and_o white_a raiment_n i._n e._n unspotted_a and_o perfect_a holiness_n such_o as_o be_v require_v in_o my_o kingdom_n that_o thou_o may_v be_v clothe_v with_o my_o righteousness_n rev._n 19.8_o and_o the_o shame_n of_o thy_o nakedness_n or_o thy_o shameful_a nakedness_n do_v not_o appear_v when_o i_o come_v to_o judgement_n rev._n 20_o 12-15_a and_o anoint_v thy_o eye_n with_o eyesalve_n i._n e._n with_o clear_a knowledge_n that_o thou_o may_v see_v and_o discern_v betwixt_o the_o dark_a and_o imperfect_a state_n thou_o be_v in_o and_o the_o glorious_a entire_a light_n and_o perfection_n of_o the_o former_a rev._n 21.23_o 24.22_o 5._o 19_o thou_o be_v the_o camp_n of_o my_o saint_n upon_o earth_n and_o the_o belove_a city_n and_o therefore_o have_v i_o permit_v the_o nation_n to_o gather_v themselves_o to_o battle_n against_o thou_o and_o to_o encompass_v thou_o rev._n 20.8_o 9_o for_o as_o many_o as_o i_o love_v and_o who_o i_o love_v i_o love_v unto_o the_o end_n john_n 13.1_o i_o rebuke_v as_o i_o have_v do_v thou_o for_o thy_o lukewarmness_n and_o chasten_v by_o affliction_n as_o thou_o have_v be_v by_o the_o come_n up_o of_o gog_n and_o magog_n against_o thou_o rev._n 20.8_o 9_o be_v zealous_a therefore_o after_o a_o high_o and_o a_o more_o glorious_a state_n and_o that_o in_o heaven_n and_o repent_v of_o thy_o lukewarmness_n for_o to_o this_o end_n have_v i_o rebuke_v and_o chastened_a thou_o 20_o and_n to_o show_v what_o love_n i_o have_v for_o thou_o behold_v and_o let_v it_o be_v take_v special_a notice_n of_o i_o stand_v wait_v with_o a_o unwearied_a patience_n at_o the_o door_n of_o the_o heart_n and_o conscience_n of_o each_o person_n among_o you_o and_o 40_o knock_v or_o use_n frequent_a and_o loud_a importunity_n by_o the_o motion_n of_o my_o holy_a spirit_n cant._n 5.2_o prov._n 1.20_o if_o any_o 41_o man_n or_o any_o one_o of_o the_o saint_n of_o this_o belove_a city_n for_o to_o they_o and_o concern_v they_o i_o now_o speak_v and_o not_o of_o their_o church_n state_n which_o i_o will_v certain_o spew_v out_o of_o my_o mouth_n hear_v and_o obey_v my_o 40_o voice_n be_v all_o that_o i_o have_v love_v will_v do_v so_o john_n 10.27_o 28_o 29.13_o 1._o and_o open_v the_o door_n of_o his_o heart_n by_o remove_v all_o wilful_a impediment_n i_o who_o have_v now_o withdraw_v my_o glorious_a presence_n will_v come_v unto_o he_o and_o will_v sup_v with_o he_o and_o he_o with_o i_o i._n e._n i_o will_v dwell_v with_o he_o possess_v his_o soul_n with_o my_o gift_n and_o grace_n and_o will_v communicate_v myself_o after_o a_o friendly_a and_o a_o familiar_a manner_n unto_o he_o in_o my_o heavenly_a kingdom_n luke_n 14.15_o john_n 14.20_o 23._o rev._n 19_o 9.21_o 3._o 40_o 40_o it_o be_v the_o ancient_a custom_n to_o knock_v and_o call_v aloud_o at_o the_o same_o time_n 41_o christ_n before_o speak_v to_o the_o church_n of_o laodicea_n here_o he_o speak_v to_o the_o member_n of_o it_o to_o who_o he_o promise_v high_a and_o more_o intimate_a communication_n of_o himself_o although_o he_o have_v resolve_v to_o ease_v himself_o of_o their_o imperfect_a church_n state_n 21_o to_o he_o or_o that_o person_n that_o overcome_v the_o evil_n of_o this_o state_n by_o hear_v and_o obey_v my_o voice_n and_o open_v unto_o i_o will_n i_o grant_v to_o sit_v with_o 42_o i_n in_o my_o throne_n in_o my_o kingdom_n whilst_o i_o judge_v the_o nation_n satan_n death_n and_o hell_n and_o then_o to_o reign_v with_o i_o to_o all_o eternity_n john_n 17_o 22-24_a rev._n 20_o 8-15_a even_o as_o i_o also_o overcome_v temptation_n sin_n death_n and_o hell_n and_o be_o 43_o set_v down_o with_o my_o father_n in_o his_o throne_n in_o heaven_n john_n 17.5_o 42_o here_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n be_v represent_v as_o sit_v in_o one_o and_o the_o same_o throne_n in_o allusion_n to_o the_o throne_n of_o the_o ancient_a eastern_a king_n which_o be_v very_o large_a and_o in_o the_o form_n of_o a_o bed_n or_o couch_n so_o that_o many_o person_n may_v sit_v in_o they_o at_o once_o cant._n 3.7_o 43_o mr._n mede_n 905._o mede_n pag._n 905._o observe_v on_o this_o verse_n that_o although_o the_o glorify_a saint_n be_v say_v to_o sit_v here_o with_o christ_n on_o his_o throne_n that_o yet_o none_o but_o christ_n god-man_n be_v say_v to_o sit_v with_o the_o father_n on_o his_o throne_n because_o no_o creature_n be_v capable_a of_o the_o privilege_n of_o sit_v on_o god_n the_o father_n right_a hand_n in_o his_o throne_n that_o be_v a_o godlike_a royalty_n altogether_o incommunicable_a 22_o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n to_o hear_v let_v he_o hear_v what_o the_o spirit_n say_v unto_o the_o church_n chap._n iu._n the_o text._n 1_o after_o this_o *_o first_o prophetic_a vision_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n i_o look_v or_o i_o be_v see_v 1_o in_o a_o prophetical_a vision_n dan._n 4.10_o and_o behold_v a_o door_n be_v open_v in_o heaven_n i._n e._n a_o discovery_n be_v make_v of_o divine_a secret_n and_o the_o first_o voice_n or_o the_o former_a 2_o voice_n of_o christ_n which_o i_o hear_v at_o first_o chap._n 1.10_o be_v as_o of_o a_o trumpet_n i._n e._n full_a of_o power_n and_o authority_n chap._n 1.10_o talk_v with_o i_o which_o say_v come_v up_o hither_o unto_o i_o to_o have_v a_o near_a access_n to_o and_o participation_n of_o heavenly_a secret_n and_o i_o for_o none_o else_o can_v will_v show_v thou_o in_fw-la symbol_n and_o representation_n thing_n which_o must_v be_v hereafter_o in_o a_o succession_n one_o after_o another_o annotation_n on_o chap._n iu._n *_o the_o forego_v vision_n contain_v in_o the_o second_o and_o three_o chapter_n may_v be_v call_v the_o church-prophecy_n because_o that_o in_o it_o the_o several_a successive_a state_n and_o period_n of_o the_o church_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o it_o at_o christ_n resurrection_n until_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o end_n of_o all_o thing_n be_v represent_v under_o the_o type_n of_o church_n the_o most_o proper_a emblem_n of_o they_o and_o that_o the_o follow_a vision_n which_o may_v be_v call_v the_o book-prophecy_n from_o its_o event_n be_v represent_v in_o a_o book_n with_o seal_n to_o which_o this_o and_o the_o next_o chapter_n be_v a_o preface_n be_v of_o the_o same_o signification_n and_o extent_n shall_v be_v argue_v hereafter_o as_o occasion_n shall_v require_v and_o may_v at_o present_a be_v gather_v from_o some_o congruity_n observable_a in_o the_o preface_v to_o each_o of_o they_o as_o that_o john_n be_v speak_v to_o here_o by_o a_o trumpet_n as_o he_o be_v in_o the_o former_a preface_n in_o the_o first_o chapter_n and_o be_v in_o the_o like_o spiritual_a ecstasy_n as_o he_o be_v then_o in_o which_o be_v circumstance_n peculiar_a to_o these_o two_o vision_n may_v argue_v they_o to_o be_v of_o the_o like_a nature_n and_o import_n and_o here_o it_o be_v not_o improper_a to_o observe_v that_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a chapter_n be_v chief_o contain_v 1._o a_o representation_n of_o the_o throne_n divine_a consistory_n or_o court_n of_o judicature_n of_o almighty_a god_n which_o be_v to_o pass_v judgement_n upon_o the_o state_n of_o
word_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o text_n i_o have_v quote_v evident_o refer_v to_o the_o perfidiousness_n and_o subtlity_n of_o the_o saracen_n for_o which_o they_o be_v notorious_o infamous_a in_o all_o 17._o all_o ammian_n marcel_n pag._n 13._o excerpta_fw-la è_fw-la legat._n pag._n 149._o ed._n paris_n theoph._n simocat_fw-la hist_o 3._o 17._o history_n and_o to_o the_o specious_a pretence_n by_o which_o they_o advance_v their_o religion_n and_o the_o sagacity_n and_o strength_n of_o reason_n for_o which_o they_o be_v 〈◊〉_d be_v sylburgii_n saracenic_n pag._n 69._o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d peculiar_o note_v to_o have_v value_v themselves_o they_o become_v also_o such_o great_a proficient_n in_o the_o peripatetic_a philosophy_n and_o the_o art_n of_o dispute_v that_o charlemagne_n bring_v in_o aristotle_n philosophy_n into_o the_o west_n and_o set_v up_o the_o school_n that_o the_o christian_n may_v be_v the_o better_o furnish_v to_o oppose_v the_o jew_n and_o mahometan_n for_o the_o religion_n of_o mahomet_n be_v with_o great_a cunning_n adapt_v to_o the_o looseness_n and_o debauchery_n of_o that_o age_n and_o be_v make_v up_o of_o a_o medley_n of_o judaisme_n and_o of_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o heretic_n of_o those_o time_n it_o be_v peculiar_o fit_v to_o prevail_v upon_o both_o of_o they_o furthermore_o mahomet_n be_v note_v to_o have_v come_v of_o a_o noble_a 206._o noble_a hottingeri_fw-la hist._n orient_n pag._n 205_o 206._o tribe_n and_o to_o have_v get_v great_a riches_n although_o his_o parent_n be_v very_o poor_a and_o by_o conversation_n with_o people_n of_o all_o persuasion_n to_o have_v gain_v a_o insight_n into_o the_o several_a religion_n which_o be_v then_o profess_v which_o be_v join_v 36._o join_v elmacinus_n pag._n 11_o 13._o hottinger_n pag._n 356-361_a sylburg_n saracenic_n pag._n 36._o with_o a_o good_a natural_a wit_n a_o sweet_a voice_n and_o a_o courteous_a disposition_n to_o man_n of_o all_o condition_n especial_o to_o the_o christian_n who_o he_o pretend_v mighty_o to_o favour_n and_o forbid_v to_o be_v force_v from_o their_o religion_n as_o appear_v from_o other_o testimony_n as_o well_o as_o from_o his_o last_o will_n and_o testament_n which_o some_o learned_a man_n do_v now_o judge_v to_o be_v genuine_a be_v very_o plausible_a way_n of_o gain_v upon_o man_n but_o above_o all_o the_o great_a zeal_n which_o he_o show_v against_o 3._o against_o elmacinus_n pag._n 3._o image_n and_o idolatry_n together_o with_o the_o 10._o the_o see_v his_o life_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o alcoran_n in_o english_a and_o dr._n moor_n mystery_n of_o godliness_n b._n 5._o 9_o 10._o seem_a holiness_n of_o his_o life_n his_o solitary_a retiredness_n into_o a_o cave_n for_o a_o considerable_a time_n and_o the_o strange_a feat_n he_o do_v by_o the_o power_n of_o sorcery_n be_v the_o most_o plausible_a and_o most_o prevail_a insinuation_n he_o make_v use_v of_o and_o which_o be_v permit_v to_o prevail_v by_o the_o just_a judgement_n of_o god_n as_o a_o punishment_n upon_o the_o christian_n for_o their_o great_a superstition_n and_o idolatry_n and_o that_o the_o belief_n of_o the_o unity_n of_o the_o godhead_n and_o of_o his_o abhorrence_n of_o image_n may_v be_v keep_v up_o in_o the_o part_n of_o the_o christian_a world_n where_o the_o apostasy_n have_v so_o mighty_o increase_v 9_o and_o they_o have_v breastplate_n as_o it_o be_v breastplate_n of_o iron_n i._n e._n they_o be_v well_o arm_v joel_n 2.8_o and_o the_o sound_n of_o their_o 13_o wing_n be_v as_o the_o sound_n of_o chariot_n of_o many_o horse_n run_v to_o battle_n denote_v their_o swiftness_n noise_n and_o terror_n joel_n 2.5_o job_n 39.20_o 13_o 478_o 13_o hieroz_n pag._n 475._o 478_o bochartus_n also_o note_n that_o the_o locust_n make_v a_o terrible_a noise_n with_o their_o wing_n and_o that_o as_o be_v before_o observe_v they_o be_v not_o easy_o wound_v 10_o and_o they_o have_v tail_n like_a unto_o scorpion_n and_o there_o be_v 14_o sting_n in_o their_o tail_n i._n e._n they_o pretend_v to_o prophecy_n and_o infect_v and_o deceive_v man_n by_o it_o isa_n 9.15_o and_o their_o power_n be_v to_o hurt_v man_n five_o month_n of_o year_n i._n e._n 145._o year_n 14_o the_o sting_n and_o poison_n of_o scorpion_n be_v in_o their_o tail_n as_o 637._o as_o hieroz_n pag._n 636_o 637._o bochartus_n have_v observe_v and_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o poison_n of_o their_o false_a religion_n ground_v upon_o pretence_n to_o prophecy_n and_o converse_v with_o the_o angel_n gabriel_n the_o prophet_n that_o teach_v lie_v be_v express_o liken_v to_o the_o tail_n isa_n 9.15_o 11_o and_o they_o have_v a_o king_n 15_o over_o they_o eph._n 2.2_o which_o be_v the_o angel_n of_o the_o bottomless_a 16_o pit_n i._n e._n a_o satanical_a instrument_n act_v by_o a_o evil_a spirit_n who_o come_v out_o of_o it_o with_o the_o smoke_n and_o locust_n verse_n 2_o 3._o who_o name_v in_o the_o hebrew_a 17_o tongue_n be_v abaddon_n but_o in_o the_o greek_a tongue_n have_v his_o name_n apollyon_n i._n e._n the_o destroyer_n â—_o viz._n mahomet_n who_o religion_n and_o empire_n be_v seat_v in_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o jew_n jerusalem_n and_o of_o the_o greek_n constantinople_n the_o destroyer_n of_o the_o life_n and_o religion_n of_o both_o 15_o hereby_o be_v intimate_v that_o these_o be_v mystical_a locust_n not_o natural_a oâ—â—â—_n which_o have_v no_o king_n over_o they_o prov._n 3â—_n 27_o 16_o mahomet_n hellish_a doctrine_n be_v hereby_o describe_v who_o also_o be_v suspect_v of_o sorcery_n and_o therefore_o strive_v to_o clear_v himself_o of_o it_o in_o his_o alcoran_n and_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v possess_v by_o a_o evil_a spirit_n of_o which_o his_o extraordinary_a epileptic_a fit_n be_v think_v to_o be_v no_o mean_a argument_n see_v mr._n 6._o mr._n b._n 1._o disc_n 6._o mede_n and_o dr._n hammond_n on_o matth._n 17.15_o 17_o this_o be_v in_o allusion_n to_o the_o inscription_n upon_o our_o saviour_n cross_n matth._n 27.37_o this_o be_v jesus_n the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n which_o be_v write_v luke_o 23.38_o in_o letter_n of_o greek_a and_o latin_a and_o hebrew_n to_o show_v that_o christ_n our_o saviour_n kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v disperse_v and_o establish_v through_o the_o whole_a world_n in_o correspondence_n whereunto_o mahomet_n superscription_n be_v the_o destroyer_n as_o christ_n be_v jesus_n the_o saviour_n and_o his_o name_n be_v write_v in_o the_o hebrew_n and_o greek_a but_o not_o the_o latin_a tongue_n to_o show_v that_o he_o shall_v prevail_v over_o jerusalem_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o over_o constantinople_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n but_o not_o over_o rome_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o the_o latin_a or_o western_a roman_a empire_n 12_o one_o woe_n or_o the_o first_o of_o the_o three_o woe_n viz._n the_o saracenick_n denounce_v chap_n 8.13_o be_v pass_v in_o vision_n and_o behold_v there_o câ—â—e_v two_o woe_n more_o hereafter_o 13_o and_o the_o six_o angel_n sound_v a_o alarm_n to_o a_o new_a woe_n and_o i_o hear_v a_o 18_o voice_n from_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o golden_a altar_n of_o incense_n which_o be_v before_o god_n chap_n 8.3_o 4._o 18_o the_o voice_n which_o command_v the_o let_v loose_a of_o the_o four_o angel_n which_o be_v to_o execute_v the_o second_o woe_n come_v from_o tâ—â—_n man_n of_o incense_n which_o have_v four_o horn_n as_o we_o read_v hâ—â—â—d_n 27_o 2.30_o 2._o ezek._n 43.15_o denote_v 562-569_a denote_v see_v the_o commentator_n on_o the_o place_n and_o spencer_n de_fw-fr hebraeor_n legib_fw-la pag._n 562-569_a the_o sufficiency_n and_o excellency_n of_o christ_n intercession_n and_o his_o power_n and_o authority_n of_o which_o horn_n be_v a_o emblem_n over_o his_o church_n in_o the_o four_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n so_o that_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o voice_n or_o prayer_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o god_n or_o the_o pure_a church_n gather_v from_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o now_o pray_v in_o secret_a in_o a_o seal_a or_o retire_a condition_n as_o we_o have_v show_v on_o the_o eight_o chapter_n verse_n 3_o 4._o that_o god_n will_v punish_v the_o idolatry_n verse_n 20_o 21._o which_o now_o reign_v upon_o the_o whole_a earth_n and_o be_v new_o establish_v at_o the_o council_n of_o nice_a and_o the_o voice_n proceed_v from_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o golden_a altar_n to_o show_v that_o they_o be_v pure_a from_o idolatry_n and_o that_o holiness_n to_o the_o lord_n be_v grave_v upon_o the_o horn_n of_o their_o altar_n as_o the_o sin_n of_o idolatry_n be_v upon_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o jewish_a altar_n jerem._n 17.1_o 14_o say_v to_o the_o six_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o trumpet_n loose_z from_o their_o restraint_n the_o 19_o four_o evil_a angel_n i._n e._n the_o turkish_a potentacy_n which_o be_v bind_v 20_o in_o
imperial_a seat_n at_o rome_n and_o his_fw-la great_a 11_o authority_n rule_n or_o government_n 7_o 7_o 7_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o be_v the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n because_o it_o be_v represent_v as_o make_v up_o of_o the_o three_o former_a who_o people_n and_o nation_n it_o conquer_v and_o out_o of_o who_o ruin_n it_o grow_v and_o because_o it_o have_v all_o the_o evil_a quality_n and_o property_n of_o subtlety_n and_o cruelty_n which_o be_v think_v to_o be_v 7._o be_v see_v the_o interpreter_n on_o daniel_n 7._o signify_v by_o these_o beast_n which_o four_o beast_n have_v no_o shape_n 〈◊〉_d daniel_n have_v here_o one_o give_v it_o in_o which_o the_o part_n and_o shape_v of_o the_o image_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o daniel_n be_v unite_v into_o one_o four_o beast_n only_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o order_n of_o the_o part_n of_o this_o beast_n be_v contrary_a to_o that_o in_o daniel_n the_o leopard_n be_v place_v first_o because_o it_o represent_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n which_o immediate_o precede_v the_o roman_a which_o this_o beast_n be_v like_a unto_o in_o its_o body_n as_o it_o be_v in_o its_o mouth_n to_o the_o lion_n which_o correspond_v to_o the_o head_n of_o the_o image_n and_o in_o its_o fore-feet_n to_o the_o bear_n who_o strength_n lie_v in_o his_o fore-feet_n which_o answer_n to_o the_o arm_n of_o the_o great_a image_n as_o the_o hinder-feet_n or_o leg_n do_v to_o its_o leg_n and_o foot_n the_o proper_a situation_n of_o the_o four_o or_o roman_a monarchy_n and_o the_o dragon_n answer_v exact_o to_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n dan._n 7.7_o and_o the_o beast_n itself_o with_o its_o ten_o king_n to_o the_o ten_o horn_a appearance_n of_o that_o beast_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n among_o they_o dan._n 7.7_o 8._o these_o be_v but_o several_a symbol_n and_o hierogliphic_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n viz._n of_o four_o successive_a universal_a monarchy_n 8_o by_o the_o dragon_n be_v mean_v as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v on_o chap._n 12.3_o the_o imperatorial_n pagan_a power_n or_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n of_o rome_n the_o six_o head_n as_o under_o the_o influence_n of_o satan_n who_o be_v mention_v chief_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n in_o this_o prophecy_n which_o have_v the_o character_n of_o satanicalness_n above_o all_o the_o rest_n 9_o here_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o seven_o head_n or_o the_o antichristian_a king_n to_o the_o six_o head_n or_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v describe_v by_o the_o dragon_n be_v give_v he_o his_o power_n which_o come_v to_o pass_v at_o a.d._n 476._o when_o the_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o king_n but_o no_o head_n as_o be_v show_v on_o chap._n 17_o 8-13_a cease_v and_o the_o antichristian_a king_n succeed_v and_o the_o latter_a be_v represent_v as_o receive_v power_n from_o the_o former_a by_o immediate_a succession_n although_o there_o be_v about_o a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o year_n distance_n betwixt_o they_o because_o it_o be_v the_o next_o immediate_a head_n to_o it_o although_o not_o the_o next_o king_n who_o be_v a_o christian_n one_o be_v of_o no_o account_n in_o the_o annal_n of_o the_o beastian_n kingdom_n as_o the_o jew_n and_o eastern_a people_n be_v wont_a to_o omit_v the_o history_n and_o chronology_n of_o usurper_n and_o because_o the_o dragon_n antichristian_a successor_n be_v then_o in_o be_v although_o withhold_v from_o his_o actual_a succession_n by_o the_o christian_a emperor_n according_a to_o 2_o thes_n 2._o as_o be_v full_o show_v on_o chap._n 17._o and_o the_o dragon_n be_v say_v to_o give_v his_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v secret_o to_o convey_v and_o willing_o to_o resign_v it_o to_o he_o because_o of_o the_o insensible_a change_n of_o paganism_n into_o antichristianism_n and_o the_o agreeableness_n betwixt_o they_o 10_o this_o be_v a_o roman_a beast_n the_o seat_n or_o throne_n give_v it_o must_v be_v at_o rome_n too_o which_o be_v by_o a_o wonderful_a interposal_n of_o providence_n keep_v as_o it_o be_v empty_a for_o the_o beast_n constantine_n remove_v from_o thence_o to_o byzantium_n and_o the_o western_a emperor_n reside_v most_o at_o milan_n and_o ravenna_n by_o which_o mean_v the_o power_n of_o the_o papacy_n increase_v at_o rome_n and_o the_o dragon_n make_v sure_a of_o his_o seat_n for_o his_o successor_n which_o he_o begin_v to_o do_v as_o soon_o as_o he_o perceive_v that_o he_o must_v depart_v by_o so_o influence_v dioclesian_n and_o maximian_n under_o the_o disposal_n of_o providence_n that_o the_o one_o shall_v live_v at_o milan_n and_o the_o other_o at_o nicomedia_n and_o resign_v the_o empire_n in_o those_o city_n and_o not_o at_o rome_n and_o this_o be_v a_o thing_n so_o evident_a from_o history_n that_o it_o be_v express_o mention_v by_o laonicus_n 1._o laonicus_n de_fw-fr reb_fw-mi guess_v imperat._n turcar._n edit_n paris_n pag._n 3._o blondus_fw-la instaurat_n rom._n lib._n 3._o steuch_n eugub_fw-la de_fw-fr constantin_n donat._n lib._n 1._o chalcondylas_n a_o athenian_a who_o i_o mention_v to_o show_v that_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n so_o notorious_a that_o stranger_n take_v notice_n of_o it_o with_o this_o notable_a remark_n that_o the_o roman_n although_o master_n of_o the_o great_a empire_n in_o the_o world_n leave_v rome_n to_o the_o highpriest_n and_o pass_v into_o thrace_n unto_o constantinople_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o constantine_n after_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o eastern_a and_o western_a rome_n be_v so_o much_o neglect_v by_o the_o western_a emperor_n that_o there_o be_v frequent_a complaint_n of_o that_o city_n in_o hanou._n in_o sâ—gon_n de_fw-fr imper._n oceident_n lib._n 10._o pag._n 167._o edit_n hanou._n claudian_n that_o milan_n be_v prefer_v before_o it_o and_o when_o augustulus_n abdicate_v odoacer_n retire_v to_o ravenna_n leave_v rome_n to_o the_o papacy_n which_o come_v then_o into_o succession_n as_o its_o proper_a seat_n and_o although_o 271._o although_o sigon_n ibid._n lib._n 16._o pag._n 271._o theodorick_n acknowledge_v that_o it_o be_v a_o crime_n to_o be_v absent_a from_o that_o city_n yet_o as_o if_o a_o providential_a fate_n have_v determine_v he_o contrary_a to_o his_o own_o will_n and_o choice_n he_o immediate_o after_o a_o splendid_a triumph_n retire_v from_o it_o to_o ravenna_n where_o his_o successor_n the_o gothick_n king_n reside_v and_o it_o be_v further_a to_o be_v observe_v that_o when_o the_o beast_n succeed_v into_o the_o dynasty_a or_o power_n and_o seat_v of_o the_o dragon_n that_o odoacer_n call_v not_o himself_o emperor_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o king_n of_o italy_n and_o that_o although_o there_o have_v be_v since_o the_o time_n of_o augustulus_n the_o last_o emperor_n of_o rome_n king_n of_o italy_n roman_a emperor_n and_o king_n of_o the_o roman_n yet_o there_o have_v be_v no_o supreme_a governor_n who_o have_v have_v the_o imperial_a title_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n itself_o at_o least_o for_o any_o long_a time_n but_o the_o pope_n who_o be_v peculiar_o style_v the_o pope_n of_o rome_n and_o have_v the_o supreme_a government_n of_o it_o see_v more_o on_o chap._n 17._o 11_o this_o refer_v to_o the_o authority_n the_o pope_n have_v in_o the_o empire_n in_o union_n with_o the_o ten_o king_n of_o who_o he_o be_v head_n see_v on_o chap._n 17._o 3_o and_o i_o see_v 12_o one_o of_o his_o head_n to_o wit_v the_o six_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n as_o it_o 13_o be_v wounded_z or_o slay_a to_o death_n by_o the_o christian_a emperor_n and_o his_o to_o wit_n the_o beast_n deadly_a wound_n in_o its_o six_o head_n be_v heal_v by_o its_o survival_n in_o the_o seven_o head_n which_o succeed_v it_o see_v verse_n 14._o and_o chap._n 17.8_o 11_o and_o all_o the_o *_o world_n wonder_v after_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n be_v wonderful_o take_v with_o he_o and_o follow_v he_o with_o implicit_a consent_n and_o applause_n 12_o it_o be_v evident_a by_o compare_v rev._n 17_o 8-13_a with_o this_o verse_n that_o by_o this_o wound_a head_n must_v be_v understand_v the_o pagan_a emperor_n the_o six_o head_n wound_v by_o the_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o king_n 13_o here_o we_o may_v observe_v that_o the_o six_o head_n be_v not_o say_v to_o be_v dead_a but_o to_o have_v a_o wound_v which_o seem_v locum_fw-la seem_v arethas_n in_o locum_fw-la to_o be_v deadly_a or_o to_o be_v wound_v as_o it_o be_v to_o death_n whereby_o may_v be_v denote_v that_o although_o the_o pagan_a imperialism_n the_o six_o head_n never_o come_v again_o into_o succession_n for_o any_o long_a time_n the_o roman_a monarchickness_n of_o it_o only_o remain_v under_o the_o christian_a emperor_n and_o not_o its_o pagan_a idolatry_n and_o bloody_a temper_n against_o christianity_n that_o yet_o paganism_n be_v not_o so_o
their_o water_n just_o turn_v into_o blood_n for_o make_v that_o element_n the_o instrument_n of_o their_o bloody_a design_n against_o the_o israelitish_n infant_n ex._n 1.22_o 11_o and_o blaspheme_v 17_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n by_o who_o command_n these_o plague_n be_v inflict_v because_o of_o their_o pain_n and_o their_o sore_n or_o fiery_a ulcer_n and_o torment_v of_o 17_o mind_n and_o body_n verse_n 2._o and_o repent_v not_o of_o their_o deed_n as_o be_v give_v over_o to_o a_o reprobate_a mind_n verse_n 9_o 17_o 17_o the_o extreme_a torment_n they_o be_v under_o affect_v their_o mind_n and_o conscience_n and_o make_v they_o blaspheme_v god_n and_o gnaw_v their_o tongue_n as_o man_n in_o the_o great_a rage_n imaginable_a for_o in_o this_o vial_n there_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o thick_a and_o palpable_a darkness_n with_o which_o god_n plague_v egypt_n exod._n 10_o 21-23_a wherein_o man_n sit_v still_o for_o several_a day_n together_o in_o a_o most_o disconsolate_a condition_n vex_v 17._o vex_v psalm_n 78.49_o wisd_v 17._o and_o torment_v with_o great_a terror_n from_o their_o own_o affright_a conscience_n and_o the_o evil_a angel_n 12_o and_o the_o six_o angel_n pour_v out_o his_o vial_n upon_o the_o great_a river_n 18_o euphrates_n and_o the_o water_n thereof_o be_v dry_v up_o i._n e._n all_o manner_n of_o impediment_n be_v remove_v isa_n 11_o 15._o jerem._n 50_o 38.51_o 32_o 36._o zech._n 10.11_o that_o the_o way_n of_o the_o king_n 19_o of_o the_o east_n i._n e._n of_o those_o live_a saint_n who_o be_v to_o reign_v with_o christ_n in_o his_o kingdom_n isa_n 41.26_o rev._n 21.24_o might_n be_v prepare_v i._n e._n that_o all_o thing_n may_v be_v 20_o prepare_v for_o the_o jerusalem_n state_n in_o the_o new-earth_n see_v the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 18_o in_o this_o verse_n there_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o the_o exploit_n of_o cyrus_n who_o drein_v the_o river_n euphrates_n when_o he_o take_v babylon_n as_o have_v be_v foretell_v by_o the_o prophet_n 41.26_o prophet_n chap._n 50_o 38.51_o 32_o 36._o vid._n grot._n in_o loc_fw-la isaiah_n 41.26_o jeremiah_n and_o to_o those_o passage_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a the_o be_v 15.15_o zech._n 10.11_o where_o by_o the_o tongue_n of_o the_o egyptian_a sea_n be_v mean_v the_o bay_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n which_o lie_v next_o to_o egypt_n and_o by_o the_o river_n not_o euphrates_n which_o have_v not_o seven_o stream_n but_o nilus_n which_o by_o so_o many_o mouth_n empty_v itself_o into_o the_o mediterranean_a prophet_n where_o the_o return_n of_o the_o jew_n into_o their_o own_o land_n be_v describe_v in_o the_o like_a expression_n 19_o here_o also_o be_v a_o allusion_n to_o isaiah_n 41.2_o 25.46_o 11._o where_o it_o be_v foretell_v that_o one_o shall_v be_v raise_v up_o from_o the_o north_n and_o come_v from_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o sun_n to_o call_v upon_o or_o 2._o or_o ezra_n 1_o 1_o 2._o proclaim_v god_n name_n meaning_n thereby_o cyrus_n who_o by_o his_o mother_n side_n be_v of_o media_n which_o lie_v north_n from_o judea_n and_o by_o his_o father_n be_v a_o persian_a who_o country_n lie_v exact_o eastward_o of_o the_o holy_a land_n and_o although_o arabia_n be_v sometime_o call_v the_o east_n in_o 3._o in_o judg._n 6.3_o job_n 1_o 3._o scripture_n and_o the_o arab_n the_o child_n of_o the_o east_n for_o job_n be_v a_o king_n in_o arabia_n as_o dr._n 73._o dr._n itiner_n mundi_fw-la pag._n 72_o 73._o hyde_n have_v full_o prove_v yet_o it_o be_v in_o respect_n of_o 476._o of_o mede_n be_v work_v pag._n 476._o egypt_n where_o the_o jew_n have_v learn_v that_o form_n of_o speech_n arabia_n lie_v southward_o of_o palestine_n now_o cyrus_n be_v a_o type_n of_o christ_n and_o therefore_o by_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n may_v in_o proportion_n be_v here_o mean_v those_o saint_n who_o as_o so_o many_o messiahss_n or_o anoint_v king_n and_o priest_n by_o which_o name_n cyrus_n be_v call_v in_o scripture_n shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n who_o be_v express_o say_v to_o come_v from_o the_o east_n chap._n 7.2_o 20_o a_o expression_n use_v isaiah_n 40.3_o malach_n 3.1_o matth._n 3.3_o and_o here_o it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v that_o 10-14_a that_o gen._n 2_o 10-14_a euphrates_n be_v one_o of_o the_o branch_n into_o which_o the_o river_n which_o water_v paradise_n be_v divide_v after_o it_o have_v pass_v through_o it_o it_o be_v also_o the_o 9.26_o the_o gen._n 15.18_o exod._n 23.31_o deut._n 1_o 4.11_o 24._o josh_n 1.4_o 2_o sam._n 8.3_o 1_o king_n 4.21_o 2_o chron._n 9.26_o eastern_a bind_v of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n to_o which_o david_n and_o solomon_n extend_v their_o dominion_n the_o kingdom_n thereabouts_o be_v tributary_n unto_o they_o although_o the_o jew_n never_o enjoy_v a_o quiet_a possession_n of_o they_o as_o proper_a owner_n for_o any_o considerable_a time_n god_n 1.2_o god_n fuller_n pisgah_n sight_n 1.2_o contract_v their_o border_n for_o their_o sin_n and_o at_o last_o scattering_z and_o carry_v they_o captive_a beyond_o this_o very_a river_n into_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o assyrian_a and_o babylonish_n tyrant_n so_o that_o this_o river_n which_o at_o first_o be_v a_o stream_n flow_v out_o of_o paradise_n become_v the_o fatal_a boundary_a of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n over_o which_o they_o be_v carry_v captive_a and_o a_o sign_n of_o enmity_n and_o hostility_n to_o god_n church_n babylon_n the_o type_n of_o the_o seat_n of_o antichrist_n be_v seat_v on_o one_o branch_n of_o it_o from_o which_o observation_n we_o may_v conclude_v that_o by_o dry_v up_o the_o water_n of_o euphrates_n that_o the_o way_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n may_v be_v prepare_v be_v signify_v 1._o preparation_n for_o remove_v of_o all_o impediment_n and_o obstacle_n whatsoever_o especial_o from_o antichrist_n which_o may_v hinder_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n who_o dominion_n be_v to_o be_v extend_v beyond_o that_o river_n unto_o the_o end_v of_o the_o earth_n as_o the_o psalmist_n have_v plain_o foretell_v psalm_n 72.8_o 2._o here_o may_v also_o be_v intimate_v the_o near_a approach_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n describe_v in_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n signify_v by_o the_o dry_n up_o that_o river_n whereon_o the_o type_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n be_v seat_v which_o be_v a_o hindrance_n to_o the_o saint_n enter_v into_o and_o enjoy_v the_o paradisiacal_a state_n of_o the_o new_a earth_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o order_n to_o which_o also_o according_a to_o dr._n 3.9_o dr._n theory_n of_o the_o earth_n 3.9_o burnet_n hypothesis_n the_o river_n be_v to_o be_v dry_v up_o that_o so_o no_o stop_n may_v be_v put_v to_o the_o conflagration_n which_o be_v to_o burn_v up_o the_o old_a earth_n 13_o and_o i_o see_v three_o unclean_a 21_o spirit_n of_o devil_n verse_n 14_o like_o frog_n 22_o come_v out_o of_o the_o 23_o mouth_n of_o the_o dragon_n i._n e._n the_o pagan_a roe_n man_n power_n chapter_n 12_o and_o 13._o and_o out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a king_n chap._n 13._o and_o of_o the_o false_a 24_o prophet_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a hierarchy_n the_o other_o beast_n chap._n 13.11_o 21_o a_o epithet_n frequent_o give_v in_o scripture_n to_o the_o evil_a spirit_n to_o distinguish_v they_o from_o the_o pure_a and_o holy_a spirit_n of_o god_n and_o they_o be_v call_v unclean_a because_o they_o tempt_v to_o and_o take_v delight_n in_o sin_n which_o be_v impurity_n and_o uncleanness_n 22_o like_o the_o frog_n of_o egypt_n exod._n 8_o 1-14_a who_o go_v up_o into_o the_o house_n of_o the_o egyptian_n and_o even_o into_o the_o bedchamber_n of_o king_n pharaoh_n and_o his_o noble_n psalm_n 105.30_o whereby_o be_v elegant_o set_v forth_o the_o vile_a original_a of_o the_o devil_n angel_n and_o emissary_n bear_v as_o it_o be_v out_o of_o the_o unclean_a mud_n and_o slime_n and_o send_v to_o negotiate_v and_o solicit_v of_o which_o the_o croak_n of_o frog_n be_v a_o symbol_n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n into_o who_o bed_n chamber_n and_o most_o private_a retirement_n they_o insinuate_v themselves_o 23_o they_o come_v out_o of_o their_o mouth_n as_o ambassador_n to_o speak_v in_o their_o name_n and_o interpret_v their_o mind_n and_o design_n and_o these_o spirit_n of_o devil_n come_v out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o dragon_n beast_n and_o false_a prophet_n to_o show_v that_o satan_n have_v make_v use_n of_o they_o all_o along_o as_o his_o principal_a agent_n out_o of_o each_o of_o who_o they_o come_v to_o show_v that_o all_o their_o several_a and_o distinct_a interest_n be_v now_o to_o be_v join_v together_o at_o this_o great_a battle_n and_o decisive_a attempt_n 24_o he_o be_v call_v the_o other_o beast_n chap._n 13._o whilst_o the_o beast_n be_v in_o his_o infancy_n but_o
when_o he_o arrive_v to_o his_o kingship_n and_o supremacy_n than_o this_o other_o beast_n become_v his_o false_a prophet_n serve_v and_o advance_v he_o by_o lie_v miracle_n and_o wonder_n 14_o for_o they_o three_o frog_n be_v indeed_o the_o spirit_n 25_o of_o devil_n like_a frog_n work_n 26_o lie_v miracle_n 2_o thes_n 2_o 9-11_a rev._n 13.13_o 14._o which_o go_v f_o rth_n unto_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n the_o antichristian_a potentate_n and_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n psalm_n 2.1_o 2._o judg._n 5.3.19_o rev._n 20_o 7-10_a and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n chap._n 20.8_o to_o gather_v they_o by_o exciting_a and_o engage_v they_o to_o the_o 27_o battle_n of_o that_o 28_o great_a day_n of_o god_n almighty_n chap._n 19.19_o 25_o these_o wicked_a agent_n for_o paganism_n and_o aneichristianism_n be_v call_v spirit_n of_o devil_n because_o they_o be_v act_v and_o influence_v by_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o angel_n who_o ever_o since_o their_o fall_n have_v be_v permit_v to_o make_v bold_a attempt_n full_a of_o malice_n and_o rage_n against_o god_n and_o christ_n kingdom_n 26_o they_o be_v permit_v according_a to_o the_o example_n of_o the_o egyptian_a magician_n to_o work_v lie_v wonder_n as_o the_o devil_n have_v frequent_o do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o paganism_n and_o antichristianism_n 27_o this_o be_v the_o first_o battle_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n before_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n now_o ready_a to_o appear_v wherein_o they_o be_v overcome_v and_o the_o wisdom_n and_o extraordinary_a power_n of_o god_n style_v here_o upon_o that_o account_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o lord_n of_o host_n in_o respect_n of_o his_o rule_n and_o dominion_n over_o all_o thing_n and_o his_o power_n by_o which_o he_o be_v able_a to_o perform_v they_o be_v manifest_v in_o the_o defeat_n of_o the_o devil_n who_o have_v summon_v all_o his_o force_n and_o power_n together_o under_o the_o wise_a holy_a and_o incomprehensible_a justice_n and_o vengeance_n of_o god_n to_o show_v his_o utmost_a malice_n and_o rage_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n see_v on_o chap._n 19.19_o and_o on_o the_o three_o last_o chapter_n 28_o wherein_o he_o will_v manifest_v his_o uncontrollable_a power_n and_o absolute_a dominion_n after_o the_o most_o extraordinary_a manner_n beyond_o any_o thing_n which_o have_v as_o yet_o appear_v 15_o behold_v 29_o say_v christ_n i_o come_v or_o be_o just_a ready_a to_o come_v in_o my_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n as_o 30_o a_o thief_n i._n e._n on_o a_o sudden_a and_o after_o a_o surprise_v manner_n chap._n 3.3_o 10_o 11._o bless_a in_o that_o happy_a state_n dan._n 12.12_o be_v he_o that_o 31_o watch_v in_o this_o time_n of_o trouble_n and_o temptation_n and_o they_o who_o shall_v be_v find_v so_o do_v when_o i_o come_v luke_n 12_o 35-40_a and_o 32_o bless_a also_o be_v he_o that_o keep_v his_o garment_n i._n e._n his_o purity_n righteousness_n and_o innocency_n chap._n 19.8_o lest_o lose_v his_o righteousness_n he_o walk_v naked_a and_o they_o see_v his_o shame_n i._n e._n his_o shameful_a nakedness_n be_v discover_v to_o his_o utter_a confusion_n and_o he_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o paradise_n as_o his_o naked_a first_o parent_n be_v gen._n 3._o 2_o cor._n 5.3_o 29_o these_o word_n be_v a_o parenthesis_n speak_v by_o christ_n to_o those_o who_o profess_v his_o religion_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o gentleness_n and_o tender_a care_n of_o they_o command_v they_o to_o watch_v over_o themselves_o with_o great_a diligence_n and_o signify_v what_o their_o state_n shall_v be_v in_o his_o kingdom_n just_o approach_v intimate_v by_o the_o word_n bless_v take_v from_o dan._n 12.12_o which_o be_v a_o place_n of_o the_o like_a import_n with_o this_o 30_o christ_n be_v every_o where_o represent_v 5.2_o represent_v matth._n 24._o 1_o thess_n 5.2_o in_o scripture_n as_o come_v of_o a_o sudden_a to_o his_o kingdom_n notwithstanding_o the_o many_o prognostic_n give_v of_o it_o and_o preparation_n to_o it_o because_o his_o actual_a appear_v will_v be_v on_o a_o sudden_a and_o by_o surprise_n 31_o 32_o hereby_o be_v signify_v that_o all_o they_o shall_v be_v bless_v who_o have_v watch_v for_o christ_n with_o oil_n in_o their_o vessel_n as_o well_o as_o their_o lamp_n and_o shall_v be_v find_v real_o unite_v to_o he_o and_o have_v on_o his_o righteousness_n when_o he_o come_v in_o his_o kingdom_n see_v chap._n 3._o 16_o and_o he_o 33_o i._n e._n the_o spirit_n of_o devil_n under_o the_o justice_n and_o vengeance_n of_o almighty_a god_n in_o order_n to_o his_o glory_n and_o the_o punishment_n of_o his_o enemy_n judg._n 4.7_o joel_n 3.11_o 12._o gather_v they_o i._n e._n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n together_o by_o their_o instigation_n and_o power_n ever_o they_o into_o a_o place_n call_v in_o the_o hebrew_n tongue_n 34_o armageddon_n i._n e._n there_o be_v a_o most_o powerful_a and_o diabolical_a confederacy_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n psal_n 2._o 33_o it_o be_v evident_a from_o verse_n 14._o that_o this_o gather_v together_o be_v perform_v by_o the_o three_o evil_a spirit_n where_o yet_o as_o well_o as_o in_o this_o verse_n a_o verb_n of_o the_o singular_a number_n be_v make_v use_n of_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o greek_a language_n when_o a_o noun_n of_o the_o neuter_n gender_n be_v refer_v to_o and_o this_o gather_v together_o be_v some_o desperate_a attempt_n manage_v by_o the_o wicked_a of_o the_o old_a earth_n at_o the_o instigation_n and_o by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o evil_a spirit_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n just_a ready_a to_o appear_v in_o which_o they_o be_v discomfit_v after_o some_o extraordinary_a and_o miraculous_a manner_n as_o sisera_n be_v at_o megiddo_n judg._n 4_o 15.5_o 20._o and_o be_v confine_v by_o god_n in_o a_o miserable_a and_o most_o contemptible_a condition_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o the_o expire_a of_o which_o satan_n and_o his_o wicked_a king_n and_o nation_n be_v again_o loose_v see_v chap._n 20._o 34_o the_o word_n signify_v the_o hill_n of_o megiddo_n call_v megiddon_n by_o the_o lxx_o the_o zech._n 12.11_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d lxx_o prophet_n a_o royal_a city_n in_o the_o tribe_n of_o issachar_n but_o belong_v to_o manasseh_n which_o 1.27_o which_o josh_n 17.11_o 12._o judg._n 1.27_o the_o canaanite_n inhabit_v in_o despite_n of_o the_o child_n of_o manasseh_n and_o be_v 4._o be_v judg._n chapter_n 3_o and_o 4._o famous_a for_o the_o miraculous_a defeat_n of_o sisera_n and_o the_o king_n of_o canaan_n a_o type_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n in_o this_o prophecy_n by_o barak_n and_o the_o israelite_n who_o come_v down_o from_o mount_n tabor_n which_o be_v not_o far_o from_o that_o place_n and_o discomfit_v they_o at_o the_o water_n of_o megiddo_n in_o the_o hilly_a as_o loc_n as_o in_o loc_n grotius_n think_v and_o mountainous_a part_n of_o that_o place_n and_o also_o for_o the_o death_n of_o 27._o of_o 2_o king_n 9_o 27._o ahaziah_n but_o especial_o of_o 20-27_a of_o 2_o king_n 23.29_o 30._o 2_o chron._n 35_o 20-27_a josiah_n who_o receive_v his_o deadly_a wound_n with_o a_o great_a slaughter_n in_o the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n where_o he_o be_v bewail_v with_o so_o great_a a_o lamentation_n that_o the_o mourning_n in_o that_o valley_n be_v use_v by_o way_n of_o a_o proverbial_a speech_n by_o the_o prophet_n zechariah_n and_o megiddo_n be_v interpret_v by_o the_o lxx_o the_o valley_n of_o the_o slay_v or_o cut_v off_o as_o if_o it_o signify_v a_o place_n of_o great_a grief_n and_o slaughter_n and_o the_o name_n of_o this_o place_n be_v make_v choice_n of_o here_o perhaps_o to_o signify_v 1._o that_o satan_n shall_v be_v discomfit_v and_o that_o although_o he_o make_v choice_n of_o the_o most_o advantageous_a place_n to_o defend_v himself_o signify_v by_o the_o mountain_n encompass_v the_o valley_n of_o megiddo_n for_o the_o canaanite_n have_v have_v a_o terrible_a defeat_n in_o the_o valley_n satan_n the_o leader_n of_o these_o wicked_a king_n of_o the_o earth_n may_v be_v suppose_v now_o to_o make_v choice_n of_o new_a stratagem_n signify_v by_o the_o hill_n of_o megiddo_n according_a to_o the_o 20.23_o the_o 1_o king_n 20.23_o notion_n receive_v among_o idolater_n that_o the_o god_n of_o the_o hill_n be_v strong_a than_o the_o god_n of_o the_o plain_a 2._o with_o reference_n to_o what_o be_v prophesy_v of_o by_o 39.4_o by_o chap._n 39.4_o ezekiel_n concern_v gog_n the_o type_n of_o these_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o he_o shall_v fall_v upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o israel_n 3._o megiddo_n be_v choose_v as_o the_o type_n and_o symbol_n of_o the_o place_n of_o this_o battle_n of_o decision_n to_o show_v that_o satan_n intend_v the_o destruction_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n now_o ready_a to_o succeed_v
and_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v as_o also_o from_o the_o solemn_a word_n verse_n 17._o it_o be_v do_v which_o be_v plain_o take_v from_o the_o same_o passage_n in_o ezekiel_n that_o the_o judgement_n upon_o those_o wicked_a nation_n be_v here_o refer_v to_o and_o this_o may_v probable_o be_v that_o signal_n vengeance_n which_o shall_v fall_v upon_o they_o upon_o the_o pass_v away_o of_o the_o old_a earth_n by_o which_o as_o by_o a_o mighty_a tempest_n of_o thunder_n lightning_z and_o prodigious_a hailstone_n reserve_v by_o god_n against_o this_o time_n of_o trouble_n and_o this_o day_n of_o battle_n and_o war_n as_o job_n speak_v chap_n 38.22_o 23._o in_o the_o same_o word_n use_v in_o this_o chapter_n and_o by_o daniel_n chap._n 12.1_o they_o shall_v be_v scatter_v into_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n where_o they_o be_v to_o remain_v under_o the_o effect_n of_o god_n wrath_n often_o set_v forth_o in_o scripture_n by_o such_o tempest_n until_o the_o expire_a of_o the_o thousand_o year_n chap._n xvii_o the_o text._n 1_o and_o there_o come_v with_o authority_n and_o commission_n from_o god_n one_o i._n e._n the_o first_o chap._n 16.2_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o 1_o have_v the_o seven_o vial_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o after_o a_o more_o familiar_a manner_n say_n unto_o i_o come_v hither_o i._n e._n near_a unto_o i_o to_o receive_v more_o clear_a and_o intimate_a communication_n of_o knowledge_n and_o i_o will_v show_v or_o point_n out_o and_o demonstrate_v unto_o thou_o the_o judgement_n i._n e._n the_o foul_a 3_o guilt_n sentence_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o great_a 4_o whore_n i._n e._n the_o gteat_fw-la idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n that_o 5_o sit_v upon_o many_o water_n that_o be_v rule_v over_o much_o people_n verse_n 15_o 18._o annotation_n on_o chap._n xvii_o 1_o to_o show_v that_o this_o woman_n be_v one_o of_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n upon_o who_o the_o vial_n be_v to_o be_v pour_v and_o withal_o the_o chief_a of_o they_o with_o who_o all_o the_o other_o be_v to_o fall_v 2_o as_o be_v now_o about_o to_o give_v he_o a_o more_o clear_a description_n of_o the_o beast_n than_o he_o have_v as_o yet_o receive_v 3_o so_o the_o word_n signify_v sometime_o in_o scripture_n as_o ezek_n 7.23_o rom._n 5.16_o 1_o tim._n 5.12_o 4_o the_o people_n city_n and_o church_n which_o apostatise_v from_o the_o true_a god_n to_o idolatry_n be_v call_v whore_n in_o 2.20_o in_o isa_n 1.21_o nahum_n 3.4_o ezek._n 23._o rev._n 2.20_o scripture_n for_o break_v their_o covenant_n with_o god_n to_o who_o they_o be_v thereby_o espouse_v from_o whence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o a_o christian_a city_n must_v be_v mean_v in_o this_o chapter_n and_o not_o a_o pagan_a which_o can_v be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o whore_n or_o a_o apostate_n city_n because_o pagan_a city_n have_v never_o acknowledge_v the_o true_a god_n or_o be_v espouse_v unto_o he_o can_v be_v say_v to_o apostatise_v from_o he_o and_o we_o may_v observe_v that_o there_o be_v here_o a_o double_a article_n in_o the_o greek_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o show_v that_o this_o city_n be_v eminent_a for_o idolatry_n and_o that_o she_o have_v be_v before_o note_v for_o it_o in_o this_o prophecy_n that_o she_o have_v continue_v in_o it_o for_o a_o long_a time_n that_o her_o sin_n be_v great_a in_o itself_o and_o have_v be_v propagate_v through_o the_o large_a extent_n of_o her_o dominion_n whence_o she_o be_v call_v the_o great_a whore_n and_o the_o whore_n as_o be_v the_o chief_a and_o metropolitan_a of_o the_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n the_o impudent_a whorish_a woman_n according_a to_o ezek._n 16.30_o and_o chap._n 23._o and_o the_o jezebel_n rev._n 2.20_o 5_o in_o allusion_n to_o the_o situation_n of_o her_o type_n babylon_n which_o be_v call_v the_o great_a city_n dan._n 4.3_o and_o be_v describe_v jerem._n 51.13_o as_o dwell_v upon_o many_o water_n that_o be_v situaat_v upon_o euphrates_n which_o encompass_v it_o and_o run_v through_o it_o and_o the_o adjacent_a country_n in_o cut_n and_o rivulet_n 2_o with_o who_o i._n e._n by_o 6_o who_o solicitation_n and_o example_n the_o ten_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n verse_n 12._o have_v commit_v spiritual_a fornication_n which_o be_v idolatry_n isa_n 23.17_o and_o all_o the_o inhabitant_n or_o mean_a people_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n of_o the_o apostate_n roman_n empire_n have_v be_v drink_v i._n e._n mad_o zealous_a and_o sottish_a y_o dote_a jerem._n 51.7_o with_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o fornication_n i.e._n her_o please_a and_o intoxicate_a allurement_n to_o idolatry_n 6_o or_o hereby_o may_v be_v signify_v that_o they_o idolise_v she_o by_o worship_v she_o and_o call_v she_o the_o mother_n and_o mistress_n of_o all_o church_n and_o attribute_v infallibility_n to_o she_o as_o the_o phrase_n be_v take_v jerem._n 3.9_o ezek._n 16_o 17.23_o 37._o 3_o so_o he_o i._n e._n the_o angel_n carry_v i_o away_o in_o the_o spirit_n chap._n 1._o 10._o into_o the_o wilderness_n 7_o where_o the_o woman_n the_o true_a church_n be_v chap._n 12._o 6._o and_o i_o see_v a_o 8_o woman_n i._n e._n a_o city_n verse_n 18._o and_o church_n *_o sit_v on_o high_a and_o in_o a_o exalt_a state_n verse_n 9_o upon_o a_o scarlet_a 9_o colour_a beast_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n full_a of_o name_n or_o kind_n of_o blasphemy_n i.e._n of_o all_o 10_o manner_n of_o idol_n and_o idolatry_n and_o idolatrous_a title_n and_o office_n have_v seven_o head_n or_o successive_a form_n of_o government_n verse_n 9_o 10._o and_o ten_o horn_n i._n e._n king_n verse_n 12._o 7_o the_o wilderness_n be_v a_o proper_a place_n for_o he_o to_o see_v this_o vision_n in_o 1._o because_o place_n of_o retirement_n and_o solitude_n be_v fit_a for_o the_o reception_n of_o divine_a illumination_n and_o for_o meditation_n and_o to_o signify_v that_o a_o clear_a and_o distinct_a view_n of_o the_o apostasy_n can_v not_o be_v take_v but_o by_o one_o who_o have_v retire_v at_o some_o distance_n from_o it_o and_o from_o its_o bewitch_a pleasure_n and_o the_o hurry_n and_o noise_n which_o attend_v its_o city_n church_n and_o court_n 2._o because_o the_o woman_n the_o pure_a church_n be_v in_o the_o wilderness_n he_o can_v best_o compare_v they_o and_o distinguish_v the_o one_o from_o the_o other_o 8_o church_n and_o city_n be_v represent_v by_o woman_n in_o prophecy_n chap._n prophecy_n isa_n 54.6_o jerrm_n 6.2_o ezek_n 16_o 30._o and_o 23d_o chap._n as_o they_o be_v also_o in_o ancient_a coin_n and_o picture_n and_o although_o a_o city_n be_v here_o chief_o signify_v as_o be_v plain_a from_o verse_n 18._o yet_o because_o the_o church_n be_v in_o the_o city_n and_o the_o foul_a and_o loathsome_a crime_n of_o the_o city_n here_o reprehend_v be_v with_o relation_n to_o church-corruption_n therefore_o that_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v and_o include_v in_o it_o *_o she_o sit_v on_o high_a on_o the_o beast_n by_o which_o she_o be_v bear_v up_o or_o exalt_v as_o imperial_a city_n be_v by_o the_o empire_n of_o which_o they_o be_v the_o chief_a seat_n 9_o scarlet_a colour_n denote_v royal_a authority_n as_o appear_v from_o dan._n 5._o matth._n 27.28_o and_o the_o military_a robe_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n be_v also_o of_o that_o colour_n whereby_o be_v apposite_o signify_v the_o tyrannical_a cruelty_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o that_o this_o woman_n or_o city_n be_v seat_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o be_v the_o imperial_a city_n of_o it_o 10_o all_o which_o may_v be_v include_v in_o 45._o in_o see_v chap._n 2_o 9_o 11_o 13._o numb_a 45._o name_n of_o blasphemy_n and_o be_v plain_o fulfil_v in_o the_o numerous_a kind_n of_o idolatry_n and_o idolatrous_a office_n in_o use_n under_o the_o roman_a antichristian_a jurisdiction_n no_o other_o beast_n be_v proper_a to_o carry_v a_o whore_n or_o a_o apostate_n church_n but_o a_o apostate_n one_o 4_o and_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o romish_a city_n and_o church_n be_v array_v in_o purple_a 11_o and_o scarlet_a colour_n i._n e._n arrogate_a to_o herself_o imperial_a power_n and_o majesty_n and_o deck_v 12_o with_o gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o pearl_n i._n e._n be_v a_o pompous_a and_o worldly_a church_n full_a of_o pride_n and_o riches_n have_v a_o golden_a cup_n 13_o in_o her_o hand_n i._n e._n tempt_v bait_n and_o powerful_a motive_n ready_a at_o hand_n to_o entice_v worldly_a mind_n full_a of_o abomination_n 14_o and_o filthiness_n of_o her_o fornication_n i._n e._n of_o abominable_a and_o loathsome_a idolatry_n 11_o scarlet_n be_v the_o habit_n of_o the_o roman_n in_o war_n and_o purple_a the_o habit_n of_o the_o emperor_n and_o senate_n in_o time_n of_o peace_n as_o grotius_n observe_v on_o the_o place_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o this_o be_v
supremacy_n see_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o and_o at_o last_v shall_v go_v into_o 24_o perdition_n i._n e._n be_v utter_o destroy_v rev._n 19.20_o numb_a 24.24_o 2_o thes_n 2.8_o and_o they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o antichristian_a earth_n throughout_o all_o its_o territory_n shall_v wonder_v after_o the_o beast_n i._n e._n be_v wonderful_o take_v with_o he_o follow_v he_o with_o a_o implicit_a faith_n and_o worship_n and_o be_v subject_a unto_o he_o see_v on_o chap._n 13._o 3_o 4._o and_o by_o his_o admiter_n i_o mean_v those_o who_o name_n be_v not_o write_v in_o the_o book_n if_o life_n of_o the_o lamb_n chap._n 13._o 8._o slay_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n i._n e._n those_o who_o be_v not_o live_v member_n of_o christ_n true_a church_n choose_v from_o all_o eternity_n and_o purchase_v by_o the_o blood_n of_o christ_n the_o eternal_a sacrifice_n but_o of_o a_o new_a apostate_n church_n which_o yet_o pretend_v to_o be_v the_o catholic_n and_o have_v introduce_v new_a mediator_n and_o new_a sacrifice_n all_o these_o shall_v with_o wonder_n and_o adoration_n admire_v when_o they_o behold_v with_o great_a applause_n and_o with_o a_o superstitious_a fear_n and_o subjection_n the_o beast_n that_o be_v a_o draconick_a idolatrous_a power_n in_o its_o six_o head_n the_o emperor_n and_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o manifest_o and_o apparent_o the_o same_o imperial_a draconick_a power_n and_o yet_o be_v the_o same_n but_o in_o a_o image_n or_o a_o christian_a disguise_n have_v introduce_v a_o pagano-christian_a idolatry_n and_o a_o mock_v imperial_a power_n under_o the_o pretence_n of_o a_o christian_a supremacy_n see_v on_o chap._n 13._o 14_o 15._o 23_o 23_o 23_o this_o be_v as_o it_o be_v the_o name_n proph._n name_n dr._n moor_n on_o the_o place_n and_o his_o synop_n proph._n and_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n take_v from_o his_o different_a state_n and_o condition_n whereby_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o beast_n which_o he_o then_o see_v carry_v or_o support_v the_o woman_n or_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n which_o have_v be_v under_o a_o imperatorial_n power_n but_o be_v now_o under_o one_o which_o have_v be_v for_o some_o time_n advance_v towards_o it_o and_o be_v just_o ready_a to_o ascend_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o it_o be_v just_o come_v forth_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n which_o he_o go_v down_o to_o open_v chap._n 9_o 12._o and_o have_v exalt_v the_o imperial_a city_n to_o the_o height_n of_o ecclesiastical_a dignity_n by_o which_o be_v plain_o signify_v the_o time_n when_o the_o papacy_n attain_v its_o supremacy_n from_o phocas_n and_o exalt_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n above_o all_o church_n after_o it_o have_v be_v for_o some_o time_n in_o a_o weak_a and_o infant_n state_n according_a to_o what_o have_v be_v already_o discourse_v on_o chap._n 9_o 1_o 2._o and_o chap._n 13._o 24_o antichrist_n be_v call_v the_o son_n of_o perdition_n 2_o thes_n 2.3_o as_o judas_n the_o type_n of_o he_o also_o be_v john_n 17.12_o because_o he_o bring_v perdition_n or_o destruction_n upon_o other_o and_o be_v himself_o as_o high_o deserve_v it_o devote_v by_o god_n to_o perdition_n and_o that_o a_o most_o exemplary_a and_o severe_a one_o numb_a 24.24_o 9_o and_o here_o be_v matter_n to_o exercise_v the_o mind_n which_o have_v mystical_a and_o spiritual_a wisdom_n chap._n 13._o 18._o the_o seven_o head_n be_v the_o symbol_n and_o representation_n of_o seven_o 25_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o woman_n i._n e._n the_o city_n and_o church_n of_o rome_n sit_v or_o be_v situate_v 25_o this_o be_v a_o most_o evident_a description_n of_o rome_n no_o other_o imperial_a city_n be_v seat_v at_o the_o time_n when_o john_n see_v this_o vision_n for_o it_o be_v describe_v as_o then_o actual_o reign_v at_o the_o 18_o verse_n upon_o seven_o mountain_n for_o 9_o for_o du_n fresne_n constantinop_n christian_n 1.8_o 9_o constantinople_n which_o indeed_o stand_v upon_o as_o many_o hill_n be_v not_o then_o build_v and_o the_o ancient_n byzantium_n be_v not_o so_o situate_v but_o be_v afterward_o enlarge_v to_o that_o compass_n by_o constantine_n in_o imitation_n of_o old_a rome_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n have_v a_o double_a signification_n as_o other_o 9.11_o other_o grot._n in_o heb._n 9.11_o type_n have_v not_o unfrequent_o in_o scripture_n for_o they_o have_v not_o only_o a_o reference_n to_o the_o seven_o king_n the_o movable_a and_o successive_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o also_o to_o the_o seven_o immovable_a head_n or_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v situate_v which_o be_v call_v head_n because_o they_o support_v the_o city_n which_o stand_v upon_o they_o as_o the_o seven_o head_n which_o be_v king_n do_v the_o civil_a state_n of_o it_o which_o be_v keep_v up_o by_o the_o majesty_n government_n and_o residence_n of_o they_o 10_o and_o also_o there_o or_o they_o *_o to_o wit_n the_o head_n be_v or_o signify_v seven_o 26_o king_n or_o form_n of_o supreme_a idolatrous_a government_n five_o be_v fall_v already_o from_o the_o sovereignty_n which_o they_o have_v exercise_v in_o their_o proper_a succession_n and_o one_o 27_o viz._n the_o government_n by_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v 28_o now_o in_o be_v and_o the_o other_o 29_o king_n but_o not_o head_n or_o idolatrous_a government_n viz._n the_o christian_a emperor_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v into_o succession_n and_o when_o he_o come_v he_o must_v or_o aught_o to_o continue_v a_o 30_o short_a space_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o five_o first_o the_o government_n now_o in_o be_v and_o that_o which_o be_v to_o succeed_v it_o *_o so_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a aught_o to_o be_v translate_v 26_o head_n by_o a_o very_a apt_a similitude_n signify_v supreme_a power_n as_o be_v the_o govern_v part_n of_o the_o body_n signify_v by_o the_o beast_n and_o according_o seven_o head_n signify_v here_o seven_o king_n i._n e._n supreme_a governor_n or_o government_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v in_o scripture_n deut._n 33.5_o dan._n 7.17_o 23._o and_o hereby_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v undoubted_o signify_v which_o have_v seven_o successive_a kind_n of_o supreme_a government_n viz._n king_n consul_n decemvir_n dictator_n tribune_n emperor_n pope_n as_o 3._o as_o cressener_n demonstrat_n of_o the_o apocal._n lib._n 3._o protestant_n general_o reckon_v they_o up_o with_o great_a reason_n from_o history_n for_o the_o triumvirate_n be_v rather_o a_o confusion_n than_o a_o government_n and_o last_v not_o long_o and_o be_v reject_v by_o 21._o by_o lab._n 21._o fenestella_n as_o no_o magistracy_n 27_o 27_o the_o five_o first_o of_o these_o government_n be_v already_o past_a and_o abrogate_a at_o the_o time_n of_o this_o vision_n and_o be_v here_o only_o just_o mention_v and_o that_o altogether_o without_o any_o distinct_a account_n of_o they_o their_o time_n name_n difference_n or_o the_o order_n of_o their_o succession_n among_o themselves_o because_o they_o be_v of_o no_o further_a use_n to_o this_o propheey_n then_o to_o show_v that_o the_o one_o head_n then_o in_o be_v be_v the_o six_o of_o the_o seven_o after_o five_o already_o past_a but_o although_o the_o distinct_a order_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o five_o government_n which_o be_v pass_v be_v not_o here_o particular_o specify_v whereby_o many_o doubt_n which_o may_v have_v be_v raise_v concern_v they_o be_v obviate_v yet_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o whole_a seven_o government_n be_v successive_a and_o not_o all_o together_o in_o be_v at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n because_o the_o six_o king_n be_v represent_v as_o follow_v five_o already_o past_a and_o as_o one_o then_o in_o be_v to_z which_z another_z not_o yet_o come_v be_v to_o succeed_v which_o be_v plain_a character_n of_o a_o orderly_a succession_n 28_o for_o john_n see_v this_o vision_n under_o domitian_n a_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o from_o hence_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o ancient_a pagan_a rome_n be_v not_o the_o beast_n because_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o eight_o king_n verse_n 11._o but_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n be_v the_o six_o to_o wit_n the_o king_n then_o in_o be_v the_o one_o that_o now_o be_v 29_o the_o one_o king_n or_o government_n in_o actual_a be_v when_o this_o vision_n be_v see_v be_v certain_o that_o of_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o therefore_o the_o other_o here_o mention_v must_v be_v the_o christian_a emperor_n because_o they_o be_v the_o only_a king_n or_o government_n of_o rome_n which_o immediate_o succeed_v the_o pagan_a emperor_n and_o they_o be_v most_o apposite_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d not_o only_o to_o signify_v that_o they_o be_v the_o government_n next_o in_o succession_n to_o the_o former_a or_o distinct_a in_o number_n from_o it_o but_o that_o they_o be_v as_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d
the_o commentator_n on_o this_o verse_n servant_n be_v comprehend_v under_o those_o two_o word_n dr._n moor_n also_o think_v that_o soul_n in_o purgatory_n may_v be_v here_o mean_v the_o redeem_n of_o which_o be_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o traffic_n of_o the_o romish_a church_n 14_o and_o the_o 17_o fruit_n that_o thy_o soul_n lust_v after_o i._n e._n the_o delicious_a advantage_n and_o great_a harvest_n of_o gain_n thou_o have_v so_o passionate_o pursue_v and_o long_v for_o be_v depart_v from_o thou_o and_o all_o thing_n which_o be_v dainty_a to_o taste_v and_o goodly_a to_o sight_n i._n e._n which_o may_v entice_v and_o allure_v gen._n 3.6_o be_v depart_v from_o thou_o and_o thou_o shall_v find_v thom_n no_o more_o at_o all_o i._n e._n all_o manner_n of_o hope_n of_o thy_o former_a advantage_n and_o delight_n shall_v be_v utter_o cast_v off_o for_o ever_o 17_o or_o the_o harvest_n of_o the_o desire_n of_o thy_o soul_n 15_o the_o merchant_n i_o say_v of_o these_o thing_n good_n or_o merchandise_n which_o be_v make_v rich_a by_o she_o by_o buy_v and_o sell_v shall_v stand_v afar_o off_o for_o the_o fear_n of_o her_o torment_n which_o they_o also_o expect_v to_o feel_v weep_v and_o wail_v 16_o and_o say_v alas_o alas_o that_o great_a city_n that_o be_v clothe_v in_o fine_a linen_n and_o purple_a and_o scarlet_a and_o deck_v with_o gold_n and_o precious_a stone_n and_o pearl_n i._n e._n that_o rich_a proud_a and_o luxurious_a church_n and_o city_n chap._n 17.4_o luke_n 16.19_o for_o in_o one_o hour_n so_o great_a riches_n be_v come_v to_o nought_o i._n e._n that_o rich_a and_o pompous_a city_n and_o church_n be_v on_o a_o sudden_a utter_o destroy_v 17_o and_o every_o 18_o ship-master_n and_o all_o the_o company_n in_o ship_n and_o sailor_n and_o as_o many_o as_o trade_v by_o sea_n i._n e._n the_o several_a superior_a and_o inferior_a order_n of_o man_n who_o make_v proselyte_n for_o and_o get_v their_o live_n by_o the_o romish_a part_n romish_a a_o church_n be_v frequent_o liken_v to_o a_o ship_n by_o the_o ecclesiastical_a writer_n who_o give_v a_o rationale_n of_o the_o name_n of_o its_o several_a part_n church_n especial_o those_o who_o bring_v riches_n into_o her_o treasury_n from_o her_o foreign_a dominion_n stand_v afar_o off_o 18_o this_o be_v take_v from_o ezek._n 27_o 25-36_a and_o by_o shipmasters_n may_v be_v mean_v those_o who_o import_v her_o foreign_a revenue_n and_o whatsoever_o contribute_v to_o her_o greatness_n idolatry_n and_o superstition_n as_o by_o merchant_n in_o the_o former_a verse_n may_v be_v particular_o and_o precise_o understand_v those_o who_o export_v such_o like_a traffic_n or_o trade_v within_o the_o territory_n of_o rome_n the_o church_n patrimony_n 18_o and_o cry_v when_o they_o see_v the_o smoke_n of_o her_o burn_a say_v what_o city_n be_v like_a unto_o this_o great_a destroy_v city_n i._n e._n there_o never_o be_v any_o city_n and_o church_n like_o it_o nor_o any_o desolation_n like_o she_o ezek._n 27.32_o 19_o and_o they_o cast_v dust_n on_o their_o head_n in_o token_n of_o sorrow_n ezek_n 27.30_o and_o cry_v weep_v and_o wail_v say_v alas_o alas_o that_o great_a city_n wherein_o be_v make_v rich_a all_o that_o have_v ship_n in_o the_o sea_n i._n e._n all_o that_o trade_a and_o traffic_v with_o she_o import_v what_o may_v serve_v and_o advantage_v she_o and_o gain_v proselyte_n to_o she_o by_o reason_n of_o her_o costliness_n i._n e._n out_o of_o her_o rich_a treasure_n and_o large_a revenue_n for_o in_o one_o hour_n she_o be_v make_v desolate_a 20_o but_o although_o they_o weep_v and_o wail_v yet_o rejoice_v over_o she_o say_v the_o voice_n from_o heaven_n verse_n 4_o thou_o heaven_n i._n e._n thou_o heavenly_a sanctuary_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o you_o holy_a apopostle_n and_o prophet_n or_o witness_n who_o be_v the_o member_n of_o it_o chap._n 11.3_o for_o god_n have_v avenge_v you_o of_o she_o and_o therefore_o it_o become_v you_o to_o rejoice_v to_o show_v your_o approbation_n of_o god_n justice_n on_o your_o behalf_n 21_o and_o a_o mighty_a angel_n or_o a_o very_a powerful_a minister_n of_o god_n vengeance_n take_v up_o a_o stone_n like_o a_o great_a 19_o millstone_n to_o show_v the_o greatness_n and_o it_o recoverableness_n of_o her_o downfall_n exod._n 15.10_o nehem._n 9.11_o jerem._n 51.63_o 64._o and_o cast_v it_o into_o the_o sea_n in_o which_o her_o merchant_n and_o ship-master_n have_v trade_v say_v thus_o or_o after_o this_o manner_n in_o token_n of_o its_o downfall_n with_o vioence_n that_o it_o may_v never_o rise_v again_o shall_v that_o great_a city_n babylon_n or_o antichristian_a rome_n be_v throw_v down_o and_o shall_v be_v find_v no_o more_o at_o all_o i._n e._n she_o shall_v be_v utter_o destroy_v with_o everlasting_a desolation_n jerem._n 51.26_o 19_o there_o be_v several_a fall_n of_o babylon_n in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o 1._o when_o the_o ten_o king_n give_v their_o power_n no_o long_o to_o the_o beast_n but_o hate_v the_o whore_n whereupon_o the_o whore_n that_o be_v the_o idolatrous_a city_n and_o church_n must_v needs_o fall_v when_o the_o beast_n who_o carry_v and_o support_v she_o have_v his_o power_n withdraw_v from_o he_o upon_o which_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o the_o decemprincipality_n fall_v as_o in_o a_o earthquake_n chap._n 11._o 13._o 2._o it_o seem_v to_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o antichristian_a city_n shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o that_o by_o fire_n by_o the_o ten_o king_n chap._n 17._o 16._o but_o 3._o beside_o these_o punishment_n to_o be_v inflict_v on_o the_o very_a city_n of_o rome_n which_o i_o take_v to_o be_v most_o particular_o mean_v by_o babylon_n here_o and_o not_o the_o whole_a jurisdiction_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v in_o this_o place_n as_o dr._n 3.10_o dr._n theory_n 3.10_o burnet_n have_v observe_v ome_z intimation_n of_o a_o more_o dreadful_a fate_n that_o will_v attend_v it_o namely_o to_o be_v absorb_v 〈◊〉_d swallow_v up_o in_o a_o lake_n fire_n and_o brimstone_n after_o thâ—â—â—nner_n of_o sodom_n and_o gomorrah_n so_o as_o total_o to_o disappear_v which_o he_o take_v to_o he_o a_o punishment_n distinct_a from_o its_o exterior_a burn_a to_o come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o conflagration_n and_o to_o be_v here_o mean_v see_v more_o on_o chap._n 19_o it_o be_v remarkable_a that_o babylon_n the_o type_n be_v according_a to_o prophecy_n isa_n 13_o 19-22_a jerem._n 50.13_o 26._o utter_o destroy_v so_o as_o never_o to_o be_v inhabit_v and_o build_v again_o for_o after_o it_o have_v be_v take_v by_o alexander_n it_o by_o degree_n decay_v first_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o neighbourhood_n of_o seleucia_n build_v by_o seleucus_n nicator_n on_o the_o river_n tigris_n about_o 293_o year_n before_o christ_n then_o by_o ctesiphon_n become_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o parthian_a empire_n build_v by_o they_o on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o river_n tigris_n to_o exhaust_v seleucia_n and_o by_o the_o build_n of_o bagdad_n on_o the_o same_o river_n by_o the_o saracen_n a._n d._n 766_o when_o it_o be_v finish_v and_o although_o these_o city_n especial_o bagdad_n be_v call_v babylon_n in_o author_n yet_o it_o be_v certain_o a_o distinct_a city_n from_o they_o the_o ancient_n babylon_n of_o the_o chaldee_n be_v situate_a on_o the_o river_n euphrates_n about_o three_o day_n journey_n from_o bagdad_n and_o be_v now_o only_o a_o heap_n of_o ruin_n her_o king_n have_v first_o desert_v she_o as_o the_o king_n of_o the_o antichristian_a babylon_n will_n and_o then_o the_o people_n who_o transplant_v themselves_o at_o different_a time_n to_o other_o place_n and_o build_v a_o city_n in_o egypt_n of_o the_o same_o name_n by_o the_o permission_n of_o the_o ptolemee_n from_o which_o place_n bp._n 1.8_o bp._n see_v pearson_n oper._n posthum_fw-la de_fw-fr succession_n rom._n episc_n dissert_n 1.8_o pearson_n suppose_v that_o the_o apostle_n peter_n date_v his_o second_o epistle_n 22_o and_o the_o 20_o voice_n of_o harper_n and_o musician_n and_o of_o piper_n and_o trumpeter_n shall_v he_o hear_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e._n nothing_o which_o tend_v to_o pleasure_n shall_v be_v any_o more_o hear_v in_o thou_o and_o no_o craftsman_n of_o whatsoever_o craft_n he_o be_v shall_v be_v find_v any_o more_o in_o thou_o and_o the_o sound_n of_o millstone_n to_o grind_v corn_n shall_v be_v â—eard_v no_o more_o at_o all_o in_o thou_o i._n e._n it_o shall_v never_o be_v again_o city_n and_o society_n which_o can_v subsist_v without_o necessary_n signify_v by_o trade_n and_o bread_n 20_o here_o and_o in_o the_o follow_a verse_n by_o several_a exaggeration_n according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o prophet_n from_o who_o they_o be_v take_v be_v set_v forth_o the_o utter_a desolation_n of_o the_o antichristian_a city_n 23_o and_o the_o light_n of_o a_o
all_o the_o wicked_a be_v at_o last_o consign_v at_o the_o final_a consummation_n of_o all_o thing_n chap._n 20._o 10-15_a so_o that_o hereby_o be_v signify_v the_o eminency_n and_o transcendency_n of_o their_o punishment_n and_o the_o utter_a and_o total_a abolition_n of_o that_o antichristian_a state_n which_o as_o be_v the_o base_a and_o hypocritical_a counterfeit_n of_o christianity_n be_v most_o peculiar_o abhor_v by_o god_n and_o be_v according_o consume_v and_o abolish_v so_o as_o never_o to_o appear_v again_o immediate_o at_o the_o very_a first_o approach_v or_o dawn_v of_o christ_n kingdom_n as_o the_o shadow_n fly_v away_o when_o the_o day_n break_v and_o the_o chaff_n be_v sudden_o drive_v away_o with_o the_o wind_n psalm_n 1.4_o hos_fw-la 6_o 4.13_o 3._o canticl_n 2.17.2_o thes_n 2.8_o 21_o and_o the_o 31_o remnant_n i._n e._n the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o army_n verse_n 18_o 19_o be_v slay_v 32_o with_o the_o sword_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o white_a horse_v verse_n 11._o which_o sword_n proceed_v out_o of_o his_o mouth_n i._n e._n they_o be_v condemn_v by_o the_o light_n evidence_n and_o conviction_n of_o christ_n gospel_n according_a to_o which_o god_n will_v then_o judge_v the_o secret_n of_o man_n by_o jesus_n christ_n rom._n 2.16_o and_o all_o the_o fowl_n be_v fill_v with_o their_o flesh_n i._n e._n all_o the_o saint_n be_v full_o satisfy_v with_o the_o justice_n of_o their_o condemnation_n and_o the_o high_a praise_n of_o god_n be_v in_o their_o mouth_n for_o it_o psalm_n 149_o 5.6_o 31_o the_o beast_n and_o false_a prophet_n the_o chief_a enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v first_o sentence_v and_o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n at_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o christ_n to_o which_o punishment_n also_o all_o their_o adherent_n be_v express_o adjudge_v rev._n 14_o 9-11_a although_o not_o at_o the_o same_o time_n as_o seem_v to_o appear_v from_o their_o bewail_v the_o ruin_n of_o babylon_n afterward_o chap._n 18_o or_o not_o to_o the_o same_o degree_n of_o it_o whereupon_o it_o follow_v that_o if_o under_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n their_o army_n and_o adherent_n be_v to_o be_v comprehend_v who_o must_v needs_o be_v vanquish_v with_o their_o cheiftain_n then_o by_o the_o king_n and_o their_o army_n must_v be_v mean_v all_o the_o other_o wicked_a of_o the_o earth_n beside_o the_o antichristian_a counterfeit_n who_o be_v vanquish_v and_o condemn_v by_o christ_n and_o his_o army_n and_o although_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o angel_n and_o army_n be_v not_o here_o mention_v yet_o it_o be_v evident_a from_o chap._n 20.2_o that_o the_o dragon_n be_v lay_v hold_n on_o or_o take_v captive_n which_o phrase_n respect_v the_o issue_n of_o a_o battle_n and_o must_v consequent_o relate_v to_o this_o at_o armageddon_n but_o because_o those_o enemy_n be_v invisible_a instrument_n and_o act_v in_o and_o by_o the_o other_o therefore_o be_v they_o not_o particular_o name_v here_o but_o only_o their_o instrument_n and_o agent_n who_o open_o appear_v and_o resist_v christ_n kingdom_n 32_o these_o be_v not_o cast_v alive_a into_o the_o lake_n because_o they_o be_v to_o appear_v again_o after_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n but_o be_v say_v only_o to_o be_v slay_v by_o the_o brightness_n efficacy_n and_o power_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n whereby_o be_v mean_v a_o spiritual_a slaughter_n accompany_v with_o bodily_a torment_n proceed_v from_o anguish_n of_o mind_n in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o psalmist_n psal_n 59.11_o 13.104_o 35._o concern_v which_o see_v more_o on_o the_o follow_a chapter_n here_o it_o may_v be_v note_v that_o there_o be_v three_o enemy_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v vanquish_v by_o his_o come_n which_o may_v also_o be_v the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o great_a city_n 1._o the_o dragon_n or_o satan_n and_o his_o angel_n by_o who_o diabolical_a spirit_n all_o the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v influence_v who_o be_v bind_v and_o seal_v up_o during_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o be_v afterward_o cast_v into_o the_o lake_n chap._n 20.2_o 3_o 10._o 2._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o their_o army_n i._n e._n those_o who_o have_v a_o bare_a enmity_n and_o hostility_n against_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o not_o under_o the_o pretence_n of_o advance_v it_o who_o be_v slay_v at_o this_o battle_n and_o then_o make_v second_o assault_n upon_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o which_o they_o be_v overcome_v and_o at_o last_o utter_o abolish_v and_o cast_v into_o the_o lake_n chap._n 20.9_o 10._o 3._o antichristianism_n consist_v of_o beastianism_n and_o false_a prophetism_n which_o state_n be_v utter_o abolish_v by_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o christ_n and_o all_o its_o votary_n and_o impenitent_a adherent_n lie_v under_o the_o severe_a judgement_n of_o god_n during_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o christ_n glorious_a kingdom_n be_v never_o able_a to_o make_v any_o the_o least_o opposition_n against_o it_o chap._n xx._n the_o text._n 1_o and_o i_o see_v a_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n i._n e._n a_o very_a particular_a and_o peculiar_a ministry_n of_o angel_n depute_v by_o god_n for_o this_o purpose_n have_v the_o key_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n i._n e._n a_o power_n to_o open_v and_o shut_v the_o pit_n of_o hell_n luke_n 8.31_o rev._n 1_o 18.9_o 1._o and_o a_o great_a chain_n in_o his_o hand_n i._n e._n powerful_a mean_n to_o restrain_v the_o evil_a spirit_n 2_o pet._n 2.4_o judas_n 6_o 2_o and_o he_o lay_v 1_o hold_n on_o i._n e._n seize_v upon_o and_o secure_v matth._n 14.3_o the_o dragon_n that_o old_a serpent_n which_o be_v the_o 2_o devil_n and_o satan_n gen._n 3._o rev._n 12.9_o and_o bound_v he_o i._n e._n restrain_v he_o from_o 3_o deceive_v the_o nation_n a_o thousand_o year_n i._n e._n during_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n see_v on_o verse_n 4._o annotation_n on_o chap._n xx._n 1_o a_o account_n have_v be_v give_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n how_o two_o part_n of_o the_o great_a city_n or_o two_o of_o the_o three_o enemy_n of_o christ_n have_v be_v dispose_v of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n do_v in_o this_o chapter_n from_o verse_n 1_o to_o 4._o particular_o describe_v the_o event_n of_o that_o battle_n with_o reference_n to_o satan_n or_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o angel_n the_o three_o enemy_n or_o three_o part_n of_o the_o great_a city_n or_o idolatrous_a and_o wicked_a polity_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o darkness_n 2_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 3.26_o 〈◊〉_d grot._n in_o marc._n 3.26_o vniversitas_fw-la satanica_fw-la the_o devil_n and_o all_o his_o evil_a angel_n call_v the_o dragon_n as_o he_o preside_v over_o and_o influence_v the_o pagan_a empire_n and_o emperor_n and_o live_v in_o the_o imperial_a supremacy_n of_o the_o antichristian_a king_n chap._n 13.4_o and_o that_o old_a serpent_n in_o respect_n of_o his_o deceive_v our_o first_o parent_n in_o paradise_n in_o that_o shape_n and_o his_o work_n in_o and_o by_o antichrist_n with_o all_o lie_a wonder_n and_o deceivableness_n of_o vnrighteousness_n 2_o thes_n 2.9_o 10._o rev._n 12.3_o 14_o and_o the_o devil_n and_o satan_n as_o he_o be_v the_o accuser_n and_o adversary_n of_o mankind_n rev._n 12.9_o under_o who_o be_v comprehend_v the_o several_a sort_n and_o order_n of_o wicked_a spirit_n mention_v eph._n 2_o 2.6_o 12._o act_v as_o one_o power_n under_o one_o prince_n and_o chief_a of_o they_o who_o be_v here_o restrain_v from_o all_o manner_n of_o power_n whatsoever_o either_o from_o themselves_o or_o as_o influence_v other_o during_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n 3_o as_o he_o have_v do_v our_o first_o parent_n in_o the_o first_o paradise_n so_o that_o there_o be_v no_o fear_n of_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o this_o new_a paradise_n or_o of_o be_v deceive_v by_o diabolical_a temptation_n in_o it_o it_o be_v very_o 4.2_o very_o burnet_n theor._n 4.2_o probable_a that_o the_o new_a earth_n will_v be_v paradisiacal_a 3_o and_o he_o 4_o cast_v he_o into_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n which_o be_v also_o a_o place_n of_o torment_n matth._n 8.28_o 29._o luke_n 8.31_o and_o 4_o shut_v he_o up_o and_o set_v a_o 4_o seal_n upon_o he_o i._n e._n close_o confine_v he_o after_o the_o most_o secure_a manner_n that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n verse_n 8._o no_o more_o as_o he_o have_v hitherto_o do_v by_o the_o lie_n of_o idolatry_n and_o other_o deceitful_a wickedness_n and_o temptation_n till_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o christ_n reign_n shall_v be_v fullfil_v or_o end_v and_o after_o that_o he_o must_v according_a to_o the_o secret_a counsel_n and_o will_v of_o god_n be_v loose_v from_o this_o restraint_n for_o a_o 5_o little_a season_n 4_o 4_o 4_o by_o these_o several_a expression_n be_v intimate_v that_o the_o devil_n shall_v be_v confine_v after_o the_o close_a
safe_o and_o at_o rest_n when_o they_o shall_v be_v invade_v by_o gog_n that_o be_v the_o heathen_a nation_n out_o of_o who_o captivity_n they_o be_v to_o be_v bring_v and_o in_o such_o a_o posture_n may_v the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n be_v well_o presume_v to_o be_v after_o the_o thousand_o year_n when_o the_o laodicean_n state_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v on_o chap._n 3_o 14-21_a begin_v in_o which_o through_o a_o long_a continuance_n of_o glory_n and_o prosperity_n the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n begin_v to_o be_v less_o zealous_a and_o do_v not_o so_o ardent_o desire_v to_o be_v catch_v up_o to_o christ_n and_o be_v for_o ever_o with_o he_o as_o they_o have_v before_o do_v 10_o and_o the_o devil_n that_o deceive_v they_o or_o the_o deceiver_n of_o they_o and_o that_o from_o the_o beginning_n john_n 4.44_o 1_o john_n 3.8_o be_v without_o any_o trial_n as_o be_v take_v in_o the_o very_a fact_n and_o have_v be_v a_o notorious_a murderer_n and_o liar_n from_o the_o beginning_n and_o the_o father_n of_o all_o sin_n and_o enmity_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n cast_v immediate_o into_o the_o 33_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n where_o the_o 34_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n be_v who_o be_v before_o cast_v into_o it_o chap._n 19.20_o and_o shall_v be_v torment_v day_n and_o night_n for_o ever_o and_o ever_o i._n e._n he_o be_v adjudge_v upon_o undeniable_a evidence_n of_o fact_n to_o a_o state_n of_o utter_a inability_n of_o act_v against_o god_n and_o christ_n and_o to_o extreme_a torment_n to_o all_o eternity_n without_o intermission_n 33_o he_o and_o his_o chief_n agent_n be_v condemn_v to_o the_o same_o punishment_n have_v no_o remains_o of_o any_o power_n leave_v no_o more_o than_o there_o be_v of_o a_o thing_n which_o be_v consume_v by_o fire_n for_o the_o devil_n shall_v not_o be_v only_o hold_v in_o chain_n as_o former_o but_o all_o his_o power_n and_o authority_n shall_v be_v utter_o abolish_v grotius_n in_o locum_fw-la &_o in_o cap._n 19,20_o 34_o from_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o gog_n and_o magog_n be_v not_o antichrist_n as_o some_o have_v think_v because_o antichrist_n be_v in_o the_o lake_n before_o their_o discomfiture_n and_o condemnation_n 11_o and_o i_o see_v a_o 35_o great_a white_a 36_o throne_n i._n e._n a_o representation_n of_o the_o last_o and_o great_a act_n of_o judicature_n in_o which_o all_o enmity_n be_v destroy_v and_o the_o live_n remain_a saint_n be_v catch_v up_o to_o the_o lord_n to_o sit_v with_o he_o on_o his_o throne_n and_o all_o which_o belong_v to_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v full_o sanctify_v and_o glorify_v and_o prepare_v for_o union_n with_o god_n to_o all_o eternity_n 1_o cor._n 15._o 1_o thes_n 4._o rev._n 3.21_o and_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o it_o i._n e._n christ_n matth._n 25.31_o act_n 17.21_o from_o who_o 37_o face_n or_o presence_n upon_o the_o declaration_n of_o his_o will_n the_o 38_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o 38_o new_a heaven_n sle_z 39_o away_o or_o disappear_v at_o his_o rebuke_n and_o command_n and_o there_o be_v find_v no_o 40_o place_n for_o they_o i._n e._n they_o be_v utter_o abolish_v and_o annihilate_v psalm_n 37.10_o dan._n 2.35_o rev._n 12.8_o 35_o it_o be_v a_o great_a throne_n because_o all_o who_o have_v overcome_v be_v to_o sit_v with_o christ_n in_o it_o and_o the_o whole_a world_n be_v to_o be_v final_o judge_v at_o it_o and_o it_o be_v white_a to_o show_v the_o glory_n sanctity_n and_o purity_n of_o christ_n justice_n and_o of_o the_o state_n in_o which_o the_o saint_n be_v now_o to_o be_v invest_v who_o at_o this_o great_a and_o last_o session_n be_v catch_v up_o together_o into_o the_o air_n to_o be_v with_o christ_n for_o ever_o after_o they_o have_v judge_v the_o world_n with_o he_o 36_o from_o the_o appearance_n of_o this_o throne_n and_o the_o follow_a judgement_n it_o may_v be_v conclude_v that_o this_o be_v the_o laodicean_n state_n of_o the_o church_n according_a to_o the_o importance_n of_o the_o word_n which_o signify_v the_o judge_n of_o the_o people_n see_v on_o chap._n 3._o 37_o face_n signify_v a_o steadfast_a will_n and_o purpose_n show_v by_o gesture_n or_o other_o sign_n and_o circumstance_n as_o the_o word_n be_v take_v luke_n 9_o 51-53_a 38_o 38_o these_o must_v be_v the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n who_o description_n be_v give_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n because_o they_o fly_v away_o after_o the_o expiration_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o be_v the_o space_n of_o time_n allot_v to_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o reign_n and_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o holy_a city_n prepare_v as_o a_o bride_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n which_o be_v to_o be_v not_o in_o the_o old_a but_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n as_o will_v plain_o appear_v to_o any_o one_o who_o compare_v this_o chapter_n with_o the_o follow_v wherein_o as_o be_v all_o along_o observe_v be_v such_o description_n give_v of_o the_o thousand_o year_n kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o can_v agree_v to_o no_o other_o but_o a_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n in_o which_o dwell_v righteousness_n 39_o this_o new_a earth_n fly_v away_o but_o the_o old_a one_o be_v to_o be_v dissolve_v by_o fire_n of_o which_o fly_v away_o be_v not_o a_o proper_a expression_n 40_o the_o psalmist_n express_v the_o death_n of_o a_o man_n by_o his_o place_n know_v he_o no_o more_o psalm_n 103.16_o but_o when_o it_o be_v say_v that_o no_o place_n be_v find_v for_o a_o thing_n thereby_o seem_v to_o be_v denote_v its_o utter_a annihilation_n and_o withal_o the_o impossibility_n of_o any_o other_o thing_n succeed_v in_o its_o place_n because_o there_o be_v no_o place_n remain_v into_o which_o it_o shall_v succeed_v whence_o it_o follow_v that_o this_o be_v the_o last_o heaven_n and_o earth_n and_o that_o no_o new_a one_o be_v to_o succeed_v it_o and_o that_o nothing_o else_o shall_v remain_v after_o it_o but_o the_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o god_n all_o in_o all_o in_o the_o high_a heaven_n and_o the_o lake_n of_o the_o damn_a 12_o and_o i_o see_v the_o 41_o dead_a in_fw-la trespass_n and_o sin_n who_o have_v lie_v in_o a_o unactive_a state_n of_o infamy_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n and_o be_v afterward_o discomfit_v by_o the_o fire_n of_o god_n which_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n verse_n 5_o 9_o small_a 42_o and_o great_o i._n e._n all_o sort_n and_o the_o whole_a race_n of_o they_o chap._n 19.18_o stand_v before_o god_n to_o be_v judge_v by_o he_o and_o the_o 43_o book_n of_o god_n omniscience_n man_n conscience_n and_o the_o law_n be_v open_v i._n e._n man_n action_n and_o god_n knowledge_n of_o they_o be_v make_v manifest_a and_o 44_o another_o book_n be_v open_v which_o be_v the_o book_n 44_o of_o life_n viz._n the_o lamb_n book_n of_o life_n from_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o world_n chap._n 3_o 5.13_o 8.17_o 8_o 21_o 27._o and_o the_o wicked_a dead_a raise_v to_o condemnation_n and_o discomfit_v by_o god_n severe_a judgement_n and_o indignation_n and_o now_o bring_v all_o together_o to_o receive_v their_o final_a sentence_n be_v judge_v out_o of_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n according_a to_o their_o own_n wicked_a work_v which_o be_v not_o also_o find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n verse_n 15._o 41_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o this_o be_v the_o judgement_n of_o the_o nation_n the_o gog-magog_n who_o be_v discomfit_v verse_n 9_o because_o they_o be_v call_v the_o dead_a in_o ezekiel_n and_o the_o slay_a and_o dead_a in_o this_o prophecy_n 42_o hence_o it_o also_o appear_v that_o these_o be_v the_o king_n and_o their_o army_n mention_v chap._n 19.18_o 19_o who_o be_v the_o slay_v and_o the_o all_o man_n small_a and_o great_a viz._n the_o whole_a race_n of_o wicked_a men._n 43_o a_o metaphor_n 3.16_o metaphor_n dan._n 7.10_o esth._n 6.1_o isa_n 65.6_o malach._n 3.16_o take_v from_o the_o roll_n and_o record_n of_o court_n of_o judicature_n and_o from_o the_o register_n keep_v by_o the_o eastern_a king_n of_o the_o action_n of_o their_o reign_n whereby_o god_n exact_a justice_n and_o the_o perfect_a knowledge_n which_o he_o have_v of_o all_o man_n action_n be_v set_v forth_o and_o the_o evident_a conviction_n which_o will_v attend_v the_o procedure_v of_o that_o great_a day_n matth._n 12.36_o 1_o cor._n 4.5_o 44_o 44_o this_o be_v be_v the_o book_n of_o election_n and_o predestination_n belong_v to_o the_o live_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n which_o be_v represent_v as_o one_o single_a book_n because_o it_o depend_v upon_o one_o single_a decree_n of_o god_n and_o one_o single_a cause_n of_o that_o decree_n viz._n the_o free_a grace_n and_o good_a pleasure_n of_o god_n in_o christ_n act_v 13.48_o rom._n 8.28_o etc._n etc._n
eph._n 1._o whereas_o the_o book_n of_o reprobation_n be_v many_o because_o that_o depend_v upon_o the_o many_o evil_a action_n of_o man_n which_o justice_z particular_o weigh_v and_o consider_v and_o upon_o the_o multitude_n and_o diversity_n of_o sinner_n which_o be_v to_o be_v convict_v and_o condemn_v according_a to_o the_o sin_n each_o of_o they_o have_v particular_o commit_v so_o that_o there_o be_v to_o be_v aâ—_n it_o be_v a_o particular_a book_n of_o conscience_n for_o each_o of_o they_o and_o it_o be_v another_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d book_n or_o a_o book_n of_o another_o sort_n or_o kind_n to_o show_v that_o the_o elect_n shall_v be_v justify_v and_o save_v by_o free_a grace_n and_o not_o for_o their_o work_v nor_o even_o according_a to_o their_o own_o work_v but_o those_o which_o christ_n have_v wrought_v in_o they_o 13_o and_o or_o for_o the_o sea_n 45_o give_v up_o or_o have_v before_o give_v up_o to_o death_n 46_o and_o hell_n the_o dead_a which_o be_v in_o it_o viz._n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n when_o the_o dead_a wicked_a be_v raise_v to_o condemnation_n and_o death_n and_o hell_n i._n e._n the_o common_a receptacle_n of_o the_o wicked_a where_o they_o be_v under_o confinement_n and_o punishment_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n deliver_v up_o now_o at_o this_o last_o act_n of_o judicature_n the_o dead_a which_o be_v in_o they_o i._n e._n all_o the_o wicked_a which_o have_v be_v under_o their_o confinement_n and_o they_o i._n e._n the_o dead_a wicked_a be_v judge_v every_o man_n according_a to_o their_o work_n 47_o which_o be_v not_o find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n and_o which_o they_o have_v late_o do_v against_o the_o camp_n and_o city_n of_o god_n as_o well_o as_o for_o all_o their_o other_o wicked_a deed_n which_o they_o have_v do_v whilst_o they_o be_v in_o the_o flesh_n in_o this_o present_a world_n 45_o grotius_n and_o piscator_fw-la render_v the_o word_n have_v give_v up_o which_o must_v refer_v to_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o dead_a wicked_a at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n when_o because_o there_o be_v to_o be_v no_o sea_n in_o the_o new_a earth_n the_o sea_n give_v up_o its_o dead_a 46_o for_o the_o dead_a wicked_a be_v condemn_v at_o first_o to_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v as_o a_o kind_n of_o hades_n or_o common_a receptacle_n of_o the_o dead_a answerable_a to_o the_o hamonah_n or_o city_n of_o dead_a carcase_n in_o ezekiel_n chap._n 38_o and_o 39_o see_v on_o verse_n 8._o and_o mr._n mede_n pag._n 57_o 1._o and_o bishop_n usher_v answer_n to_o the_o jesuit_n challenge_n concern_v limbus_n patrum_fw-la 47_o their_o work_n in_o the_o former_a verse_n be_v represent_v as_o write_v in_o book_n because_o be_v commit_v long_o before_o they_o be_v thereby_o to_o be_v put_v in_o remembrance_n of_o they_o and_o therefore_o the_o book_n be_v open_v unto_o they_o but_o here_o be_v no_o mention_n of_o book_n open_v it_o may_v well_o be_v conclude_v that_o these_o work_n be_v those_o which_o they_o have_v new_o commit_v against_o the_o belove_a city_n verse_n 9_o which_v be_v fresh_a in_o their_o memory_n there_o need_v not_o any_o writing_n of_o they_o in_o book_n in_o order_n to_o their_o conviction_n 14_o and_o death_n 48_o and_o hell_n or_o the_o grave_a the_o last_o enemy_n to_o be_v destroy_v 1_o cor._n 15.26_o 55._o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n i._n e._n mortality_n and_o all_o place_n of_o punishment_n except_o that_o design_v for_o the_o eternal_a torment_n of_o the_o wicked_a be_v annihilate_v there_o be_v now_o no_o further_o use_v of_o they_o and_o they_o have_v deliver_v up_o the_o dead_a which_o be_v in_o they_o this_o cast_v into_o the_o lake_n be_v the_o 49_o second_o death_n i._n e._n death_n eternal_a matth._n 10.28_o see_v on_o verse_n 6._o 48_o these_o be_v the_o enemy_n of_o christ_n which_o according_a to_o doctrinal_a scripture_n in_o full_a concurrence_n with_o prophetical_a be_v to_o be_v destroy_v by_o he_o at_o last_o just_o before_o the_o delivery_n of_o his_o kingdom_n up_o to_o the_o father_n 1_o cor._n 15.25_o 26_o 54_o 55_o 56._o 49_o as_o that_o expression_n verse_n 5._o this_o be_v the_o first_o resurrection_n seem_v to_o denote_v that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n so_o do_v this_o parallel_a expression_n intimate_v that_o this_o second_o death_n be_v to_o be_v at_o the_o end_n and_o last_o appearance_n of_o it_o these_o two_o be_v as_o it_o be_v solemn_a inscription_n on_o two_o pillar_n show_v the_o two_o bound_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n beginning_n in_o a_o first_o resurrection_n of_o saint_n and_o a_o first_o death_n of_o the_o wicked_a and_o end_v in_o a_o second_o resurrection_n to_o glory_n of_o the_o former_a and_o a_o second_o death_n of_o the_o latter_a as_o absolute_a final_a and_o immutable_a as_o the_o life_n of_o the_o former_a 15_o and_o 50_o whosoever_o be_v not_o find_v write_v in_o the_o lamb_n be_v book_v of_o life_n i._n e._n whosoever_o be_v not_o a_o live_a member_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o life_n and_o blessedness_n be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n i._n e._n be_v punish_v with_o eternal_a torment_n 50_o the_o reprobate_n be_v not_o only_o judge_v according_a to_o the_o rule_n of_o justice_n by_o their_o own_o work_n but_o the_o book_n of_o absolute_a sovereign_a and_o free_a grace_n be_v look_v into_o when_o they_o be_v condemn_v to_o show_v the_o agreement_n there_o be_v betwixt_o god_n decree_n and_o the_o proceed_n of_o his_o rectoral_a justice_n in_o condemn_v sinner_n according_a to_o their_o own_o demerit_n there_o be_v none_o leave_v out_o of_o the_o book_n of_o life_n and_o grace_n who_o shall_v not_o be_v show_v to_o have_v just_o deserve_v to_o be_v condemn_v for_o their_o own_o sin_n and_o hitherto_o have_v be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o wicked_a their_o city_n in_o the_o four_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n their_o action_n and_o final_a condemnation_n there_o follow_v now_o in_o the_o next_o chapter_n a_o description_n of_o the_o city_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o of_o their_o final_a reward_n in_o the_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o god_n all_o in_o all._n chap._n xxi_o the_o text._n 1_o 1_o and_o i_o see_v a_o new_a 2_o heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n i._n e._n the_o seat_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n wherein_o the_o saint_n reign_v with_o he_o a_o thousand_o year_n chap._n 20.4_o 6._o 2_o pet._n 3._o isa_n 65_o 17.66_o 22._o matth._n 19.28_o act_n 3.19_o for_o the_o first_o heaven_n and_o 2_o the_o first_o earth_n i_o e._n the_o heaven_n and_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v now_o 2_o pet._n 3.7_o be_v 3_o pass_v away_o with_o a_o great_a noise_n burn_v up_o and_o dissolve_v by_o fire_n 2_o pet._n 3.10_o 11_o 12._o and_o there_o be_v no_o more_o 4_o sea_n annotation_n on_o chap._n xxi_o 1_o here_o according_a to_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o sacred_a writer_n a_o particular_a account_n be_v give_v of_o the_o generation_n as_o the_o scripture_n speak_v gen._n 2.4_o of_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n which_o he_o have_v before_o chap._n 20_o 11._o see_v fly_v away_o at_o the_o consummation_n and_o end_v of_o all_o thing_n when_o christ_n shall_v deliver_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o the_o father_n 1_o cor._n 15.24_o 28._o it_o be_v usual_a as_o appear_v from_o gen._n 2._o for_o the_o holy_a penman_n to_o give_v a_o particular_a description_n afterward_o of_o what_o they_o have_v before_o either_o brief_o hint_v or_o only_o describe_v in_o general_a who_o be_v wont_v also_o to_o pursue_v the_o matter_n they_o have_v in_o hand_n quite_o throughout_o before_o they_o resume_v its_o more_o particular_a consideration_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o former_a chapter_n where_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v continue_v from_o its_o beginning_n in_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o saint_n to_o its_o end_n in_o the_o destruction_n of_o death_n his_o last_o enemy_n and_o to_o the_o fly_v away_o of_o the_o very_a new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n when_o christ_n mediatory_a kingdom_n be_v at_o a_o end_n the_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o god_n all_o in_o all_o be_v to_o succeed_v 2_o the_o precede_a vision_n plain_o relate_v to_o the_o resurrection_n and_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n here_o describe_v most_o according_o be_v understand_v concern_v those_o mention_v by_o the_o apostle_n peter_n 1_o ep._n 3.13_o which_o be_v to_o succeed_v the_o general_a conflagration_n of_o the_o present_a heaven_n and_o earth_n to_o be_v dissolve_v at_o the_o very_a first_o appearance_n of_o christ_n at_o his_o second_o come_v who_o be_v to_o be_v manifest_v or_o
whole_a space_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n rev._n 20._o 7._o the_o body_n of_o the_o dead_a saint_n be_v raise_v be_v catch_v up_o into_o the_o air_n and_o the_o saint_n which_o come_v with_o christ_n appear_v in_o they_o together_o with_o he_o in_o the_o heaven_n and_o probable_o continue_v with_o he_o there_o in_o glory_n during_o the_o thousand_o year_n the_o heaven_n be_v purge_v and_o purify_v as_o it_o be_v by_o fire_n and_o the_o 6.12_o the_o luke_n 10.18_o eph._n 6.12_o evil_a spirit_n fall_v down_o like_o lightning_n from_o the_o air_n which_o have_v be_v so_o long_o possess_v by_o they_o whereby_o these_o high_a and_o heavenly_a place_n be_v as_o it_o be_v prepare_v for_o the_o reception_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n for_o righteousness_n must_v dwell_v in_o the_o new_a 23._o new_a 2_o pet._n 3.13_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d rom._n 8.22_o 23._o heaven_n as_o well_o as_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o whole_a creation_n groan_n and_o wait_v for_o this_o redemption_n but_o this_o shall_v be_v further_o make_v out_o as_o occasion_n offer_v upon_o the_o follow_a part_n of_o this_o vision_n 8._o the_o live_a saint_n will_v be_v 10-16_a be_v malach._n 3_o 13_a 1_o cor._n 3_o 10-16_a purge_v and_o purify_v as_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o many_o of_o they_o shall_v be_v save_v at_o this_o day_n with_o great_a difficulty_n but_o all_o shall_v be_v preserve_v by_o god_n who_o know_v how_o to_o deliver_v the_o godly_a as_o he_o do_v lot_n and_o the_o three_o child_n in_o the_o fiery_a furnace_n which_o be_v type_n of_o this_o last_o and_o great_a deliverance_n 2_o pet._n 2.9_o in_o the_o general_a conflagration_n and_o their_o body_n be_v change_v they_o shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n on_o the_o new_a earth_n the_o 7-9_a the_o rom._n 8_o 19-24_a burnet_n be_v theory_n 4_o 7-9_a former_a be_v unfit_a through_o the_o vanity_n and_o corruption_n it_o be_v subject_a to_o for_o such_o a_o purpose_n and_o this_o be_v that_o state_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o it_o earnest_o expect_v and_o groan_v after_o and_o for_o which_o it_o be_v design_v by_o god_n who_o seem_v to_o declare_v by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n chap._n 45.17_o 18._o that_o he_o create_v it_o not_o in_o vain_a or_o to_o be_v such_o a_o chaos_n and_o subject_a to_o so_o much_o vanity_n rom._n 8.20_o as_o it_o now_o be_v but_o to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o the_o mystical_a israel_n of_o all_o the_o earth_n isa_n 45.17_o 21_o 22._o who_o shall_v be_v save_v in_o the_o lord_n with_o a_o everlasting_a salvation_n 9_o all_o this_o will_v come_v to_o pass_v at_o the_o very_a beginning_n of_o christ_n come_v who_o proceed_n will_v be_v very_o sudden_a and_o swift_a malach._n 3.5_o 1_o cor._n 15.52_o in_o which_o 110.1_o which_o malach._n 4_o 14_a psalm_n 110.1_o the_o wicked_a shall_v be_v burn_v up_o and_o tread_v down_o and_o be_v as_o ash_n under_o the_o sole_n of_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o saint_n lie_v at_o the_o footstool_n of_o christ_n throne_n whilst_o the_o live_a saint_n reign_v with_o he_o on_o the_o new_a earth_n and_o the_o raise_a saint_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n 10._o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n upon_o christ_n withdraw_v some_o of_o his_o more_o immediate_a presence_n and_o glory_n satan_n will_v stir_v up_o the_o wicked_a nation_n who_o have_v be_v all_o that_o while_n in_o a_o state_n of_o contempt_n and_o punishment_n malach._n 4_o 14_a to_o endeavour_v to_o destroy_v christ_n kingdom_n on_o earth_n upon_o which_o he_o will_v catch_v up_o his_o saint_n into_o the_o air_n and_o give_v they_o incorruptible_a body_n and_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o saint_n with_o christ_n their_o head_n shall_v final_o judge_v the_o wicked_a world_n and_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o earth_n shall_v disappear_v and_o fly_v away_o the_o son_n shall_v deliver_v up_o his_o kingdom_n to_o the_o father_n and_o the_o saint_n shall_v remain_v with_o he_o to_o all_o eternity_n whilst_o satan_n and_o all_o the_o wicked_a remain_v in_o the_o lake_n for_o ever_o which_o be_v a_o place_n of_o punishment_n represent_v as_o a_o lake_n make_v out_o of_o the_o liquefaction_n and_o dissolution_n of_o the_o present_a earth_n burn_v with_o fire_n and_o this_o be_v a_o brief_a scriptural_a account_n of_o this_o great_a transaction_n against_o judgement_n against_o see_v dr._n beverley_n universal_a christian_a doctrine_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n which_o although_o many_o objection_n may_v be_v raise_v yet_o there_o be_v few_o which_o may_v not_o be_v as_o plausible_o allege_v against_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n as_o it_o be_v usual_o understand_v by_o divine_n 2_o and_o 5_o i_o john_n the_o apocâ—lyptick_n apostle_n unto_o who_o christ_n have_v send_v and_o signify_v and_o show_v thing_n to_o come_v thereby_o testify_v that_o i_o be_v a_o servant_n of_o he_o and_o great_o belove_v by_o he_o rev._n 1_o 1._o dan._n 9_o 23.10_o 7_o 11_o 19_o see_v and_n let_v it_o be_v observe_v diligent_o for_o these_o word_n be_v true_a and_o faithful_a verse_n 5._o the_o 6_o holy_a city_n or_o polity_n of_o saint_n new_a jerusalem_n above_o the_o mother_n of_o we_o all_o gal._n 4.26_o heb._n 11_o 10_o 16.12_o 22_o 23._o come_n down_o with_o christ_n into_o the_o region_n of_o the_o air_n 1_o thes_n 4_o 14-18_a see_v on_o chap._n 19.7_o 8_o 9_o 14.19.20_o 4._o from_o god_n the_o father_n out_o of_o heaven_n before_o who_o throne_n it_o have_v hitherto_o be_v in_o various_a degree_n of_o exaltation_n see_v on_o chap._n 12_o 1.14_o 1._o prepare_v and_n array_v in_o christ_n righteousness_n as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n which_o be_v the_o lamb_n christ_n that_o he_o may_v present_v to_o himself_o a_o glorious_a church_n not_o have_v spot_n or_o wrinkle_n and_o at_o last_o perfect_o unite_v it_o to_o god_n in_o his_o eternal_a kingdom_n eph._n 5.26_o 27._o rev._n 19.7_o 8_o 9_o 5_o he_o do_v not_o say_v simple_o as_o in_o the_o former_a verse_n i_o see_v but_o i_o john_n see_v by_o that_o emphatical_a expression_n show_v the_o great_a importance_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o likewise_o more_o earnest_o affirm_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o be_v to_o be_v of_o so_o great_a use_n and_o consolation_n to_o the_o saint_n hereby_o imitate_v the_o belove_a prophet_n daniel_n who_o frequent_o make_v use_v of_o the_o same_o phrase_n upon_o the_o like_a occasion_n 6_o from_o a_o due_a compare_n of_o this_o place_n with_o the_o place_n quote_v in_o the_o paraphrase_n it_o appear_v 1._o that_o the_o holy_a city_n be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o bride_n or_o saint_n those_o army_n which_o come_v with_o christ_n in_o the_o air_n to_o judgement_n in_o his_o kingdom_n the_o very_a they_o who_o sit_v in_o throne_n and_o reign_v with_o he_o a_o thousand_o year_n chap._n 20.4_o as_o have_v be_v before_o prove_v and_o often_o observe_v 2._o that_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v in_o the_o new_a heaven_n or_o heavenly_a place_n of_o the_o air_n as_o they_o be_v call_v in_o scripture_n into_o which_o the_o saint_n come_v or_o descend_v from_o heaven_n with_o christ_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v and_o consequent_o that_o the_o new_a 8._o new_a dr._n burnet_n be_v theory_n 4.3_o 8._o heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n reign_v of_o christ_n and_o the_o saint_n the_o inhabitant_n of_o it_o because_o they_o be_v here_o represent_v as_o come_v into_o it_o as_o into_o a_o place_n new_o prepare_v for_o they_o by_o god_n verse_n 1_o 3._o that_o this_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n come_v down_o from_o god_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o its_o high_a and_o most_o exalt_v state_n which_o have_v be_v hitherto_o represent_v in_o this_o vision_n as_o before_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n in_o divers_a state_n and_o degree_n of_o exaltation_n according_a as_o christ_n kingdom_n increase_v and_o his_o enemy_n be_v subdue_v by_o god_n the_o father_n at_o who_o right_a hand_n he_o be_v to_o sit_v in_o a_o patient_a expectation_n of_o this_o kingdom_n until_o all_o his_o enemy_n be_v make_v his_o footstool_n which_o be_v now_o perform_v he_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n with_o his_o bride_n or_o church_n purify_v and_o perfect_o sanctify_v into_o his_o glorious_a kingdom_n in_o the_o new_a heaven_n and_o new_a earth_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o bless_a millennium_n for_o thus_o heb._n 12.22_o compare_v with_o rev._n 14.1_o the_o saint_n first_o come_v unto_o mount_n zion_n and_o then_o unto_o the_o city_n of_o the_o live_a god_n the_o heavenly_a jerusalem_n or_o the_o archetypal_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n in_o heaven_n to_o which_o there_o be_v one_o always_o correspondent_a on_o earth_n the_o metropolis_n of_o the_o christian_a worship_n which_o have_v its_o original_a from_o thence_o heb
side_n of_o the_o river_n be_v there_o the_o 5_o tree_n of_o life_n i._n e._n this_o be_v a_o paradisiacal_a state_n in_o which_o the_o saint_n raise_v and_o change_v can_v die_v no_o more_o but_o be_v make_v equal_a to_o the_o angel_n luke_n 20.36_o 1_o cor._n 15._o which_o bear_v twelve_o manner_n of_o fruit_n i._n e._n afford_v perfect_a 6_o pleasure_n and_o consolation_n to_o this_o 6_o apostolical_a israelitism_n and_o yield_v her_o fruit_n every_o month_n i._n e._n variety_n and_o fullness_n of_o joy_n for_o 7_o evermore_o psalm_n 1._o and_o 16_o 11.92_o 12_o 14._o ezek._n 47.7_o 12._o and_o the_o 8_o leave_n of_o the_o tree_n be_v for_o the_o heal_n of_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o save_v who_o be_v to_o walk_v in_o the_o light_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n state_n that_o be_v the_o live_a saint_n be_v to_o be_v preserve_v during_o the_o thousand_o year_n in_o body_n change_v which_o shall_v afterward_o be_v make_v incorruptible_a see_v on_o chap._n 20._o and_o 21.24_o 5_o or_o a_o tree_n of_o life_n viz._n one_o on_o each_o side_n at_o just_a and_o convenient_a distance_n for_o they_o be_v very_o many_o as_o appear_v from_o ezek._n 47.7_o 12._o and_o from_o the_o expression_n here_o use_v at_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o on_o the_o other_o and_o yet_o they_o be_v here_o represent_v as_o one_o tree_n because_o they_o be_v all_o of_o one_o kind_a viz._n of_o the_o same_o kind_n with_o the_o tree_n of_o life_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o paradise_n by_o which_o life_n be_v sacramental_o convey_v to_o our_o first_o parent_n and_o a_o symbol_n be_v give_v of_o the_o immortality_n of_o the_o renew_a paradisiacal_a state_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n 6_o for_o the_o number_n twelve_o be_v a_o symbol_n of_o perfection_n of_o apostolicalness_n and_o of_o the_o true_a israel_n of_o god_n now_o unite_v into_o one_o body_n in_o this_o state_n 7_o the_o year_n be_v the_o measure_n of_o all_o time_n bearing_z fruit_n as_o oft_o as_o there_o be_v month_n in_o the_o year_n must_v needs_o signify_v the_o continual_a constant_a fruitfulness_n of_o it_o dr._n hammond_n on_o the_o place_n 8_o the_o allude_v the_o ezek._n 47.12_o to_o which_o place_n this_o verse_n allude_v fruit_n of_o this_o tree_n be_v for_o meat_n i._n e._n for_o solid_a nourishment_n and_o ordinary_a food_n but_o the_o leave_n of_o it_o be_v only_o for_o medicine_n or_o heal_a from_o whence_o it_o follow_v that_o the_o nation_n here_o mention_v have_v some_o remain_n of_o corruptibility_n leave_v which_o require_v care_n and_o need_v preservation_n by_o medicine_n by_o which_o be_v admirable_o set_v forth_o the_o different_a state_n of_o the_o raise_a saint_n catch_v up_o immediate_o to_o christ_n into_o a_o state_n of_o incorruptibility_n and_o that_o of_o the_o live_a saint_n on_o earth_n the_o very_a nation_n mention_v chap._n 21_o 24_o 26._o who_o body_n be_v only_o change_v but_o not_o make_v incorruptible_a at_o first_o as_o have_v be_v 452._o be_v 451_o 452._o already_o frequent_o observe_v and_o therefore_o be_v represent_v as_o live_v indeed_o chap._n 20.6_o but_o with_o some_o principle_n of_o corruptibility_n in_o they_o which_o stand_v in_o need_n of_o healing_n whereas_o the_o dead_a saint_n be_v raise_v to_o a_o life_n of_o incorruptibility_n be_v very_o apt_o represent_v as_o feed_v and_o nourish_v with_o the_o very_a fruit_n of_o she_o tree_n of_o life_n that_o be_v by_o immediate_a communication_n of_o incorruptibility_n from_o god_n and_o christ_n who_o be_v life_n john_n 1_o 4.5_o 26._o and_o chap._n 6._o 3_o and_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o curse_v or_o no_o effect_n of_o sin_n in_o this_o new_a paradise_n as_o there_o be_v in_o the_o first_o gen._n 3.14_o etc._n etc._n but_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n shall_v be_v in_o 9_o it_o by_o glorious_a manifestation_n and_o communication_n and_o his_o 16_o servant_n which_o be_v seal_v see_v chap._n 7.4_o shall_v serve_v he_o perfect_o in_o this_o state_n and_o never_o fall_v from_o it_o as_o our_o first_o parent_n do_v but_o shall_v be_v king_n and_o priest_n to_o god_n for_o ever_o 9_o this_o whole_a city_n or_o state_n as_o well_o that_o on_o earth_n as_o in_o the_o heaven_n shall_v be_v replenish_v with_o communication_n from_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n which_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o city_n on_o the_o new_a earth_n by_o its_o light_n shine_v on_o it_o from_o the_o new_a heaven_n chap._n 21.24_o 10_o this_o relative_n particle_n respect_v both_o god_n and_o the_o lamb_n and_o yet_o be_v of_o the_o singular_a number_n to_o show_v the_o unity_n of_o the_o godhead_n and_o the_o equality_n of_o the_o father_n and_o the_o son_n the_o lamb_n as_o one_o with_o the_o eternal_a word_n 4_o and_o they_o shall_v see_v his_o face_n i._n e._n partake_v of_o the_o nature_n and_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o of_o christ_n matth._n 5.8_o 1_o cor._n 13.12_o 1_o john_n 3.2_o and_o his_o name_n shall_v be_v in_o their_o forehead_n i._n e._n they_o shall_v be_v manifest_o know_v to_o be_v his_o servant_n who_o be_v wont_a to_o be_v mark_v on_o the_o forehead_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v holiness_n to_o the_o lord_n according_a to_o the_o inscription_n on_o the_o high-priest_n frontlet_n see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n 7_o 3_o 4.14_o 1._o 5_o and_o there_o shall_v be_v 10_o no_o night_n there_o i._n e._n no_o impurity_n and_o 〈◊〉_d interruption_n of_o happiness_n and_o comfort_n â—sâ—lâ—â—6_n â—6_z â—_o 〈◊〉_d johâ—â—_n â—_z 5_o 6_o 7._o and_o they_o need_v no_o candle_n 〈…〉_o â—ither_o â—ighâ—â—f_a the_o sun_n i._n e._n no_o natural_a light_n of_o which_o the_o sun_n be_v the_o fountain_n for_o the_o lord_n god_n give_v they_o light_a i._n e._n afford_v they_o hiâ—_n glorious_a presence_n and_o consolation_n and_o thâ—â—_n 〈…〉_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o i._n e._n after_o the_o thousand_o year_n mediatory_a kingdom_n they_o shall_v reign_v with_o christ_n for_o ever_o in_o the_o high_a heaven_n for_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v a_o eternal_a kingdom_n and_o of_o it_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o end_n luke_n 1.33_o see_v chap._n 3_o 21.5_o 10.20_o 4_o 6._o 10_o this_o and_o the_o forego_n verse_n contain_v a_o repetition_n of_o what_o have_v be_v say_v before_o either_o by_o way_n of_o 3.1_o of_o gen._n 41.32_o â—hil_fw-la 3.1_o assurance_n and_o confirmation_n as_o be_v usual_a in_o prophecy_n or_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o saint_n upon_o earth_n upon_o the_o mention_n of_o they_o verse_n 2._o or_o with_o respect_n to_o the_o person_n to_o who_o that_o be_v now_o accommodate_v which_o have_v be_v before_o speak_v concern_v their_o city_n or_o state_n compare_v chap._n 21.23_o 25._o with_o the_o five_o verse_n of_o this_o chapter_n 6_o and_o he_o i._n e._n the_o first_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o seven_o vial_n chap._n 21.9_o say_v unto_o i_o 11_o these_o saying_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n verse_n 7._o be_v faithful_a and_o true_a i._n e._n important_a certain_a and_o infallible_a truth_n see_v on_o chap._n 19.9_o and_o the_o lord_n 12_o god_n of_o the_o holy_a prophet_n i._n e._n christ_n who_o speak_v by_o they_o and_o who_o spirit_n inspire_v they_o act_v 3.21_o 1_o pet._n 1.10_o 11_o 12.3_o 19_o 2_o pet._n 1.21_o send_v or_o do_v send_v at_o first_o chap_n 2.1_o and_o all_o along_o in_o this_o prophecy_n his_o angel_n or_o minister_a spirit_n to_o show_n unto_o his_o servant_n the_o thing_n of_o this_o prophecy_n which_o must_v short_o after_o the_o day_n of_o the_o 1â—_n the_o see_v the_o note_n on_o chap._n â—_o 1â—_n resurrection_n the_o time_n when_o this_o vision_n be_v see_v and_o from_o whence_o it_o commence_v begin_v to_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o order_n one_o after_o another_o see_v on_o chap._n 1.1_o 11_o here_o begin_v the_o conclusion_n or_o epilogue_n of_o this_o sacred_a drama_n wherein_o the_o angel_n say_v dr._n hammond_n in_o his_o paraphrase_n on_o the_o place_n begin_v to_o conclude_v and_o fold_v up_o his_o discourse_n and_o to_o sum_n up_o what_o i_o have_v see_v in_o this_o vision_n tell_v i_o that_o all_o this_o as_o strange_a and_o as_o glorious_a as_o it_o be_v shall_v certain_o come_v to_o pass_v and_o the_o vision_n end_v as_o it_o begin_v with_o a_o declaration_n of_o the_o 1.5_o the_o chap._n 1.5_o truth_n and_o importance_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o of_o its_o 1.1_o its_o chap_n 1.1_o speedy_a issue_v into_o event_n and_o of_o the_o most_o remarkable_a thing_n contain_v in_o it_o 12_o here_o be_v a_o plain_a assertion_n of_o the_o divinity_n of_o christ_n concern_v who_o these_o word_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v as_o be_v manifest_a by_o compare_v they_o with_o chap._n 1.1_o and_o verse_n 16._o of_o this_o chapter_n 7_o behold_v